Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

bned · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker bned
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 2520
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. 
LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS

Dear Fellow Shareholders,

2016 was a year of remarkable achievements for Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. as we completed our 
separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc. and began our journey as a standalone public company.  The separation 
has enabled us to focus solely on providing an unmatched retail and digital learning experience to higher 
educational institutions in support of their initiatives to increase student recruitment, retention, success, and 
outcomes.  

TThis year, we made significant progress executing on our strategic goals.  We successfully increased our 
market share by winning new contracts with world renowned institutions, such as Georgetown University; 
University of California, Irvine; University of Connecticut and University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where 
we will open bookstores in fiscal 2017.  Our team’s outstanding execution resulted in annual sales of more 
than $1.8 billion, 2% growth.  During the 2016 fiscal year, we opened 39 stores with estimated first year annual 
sales of $64 million, bringing our total store locations to 751 stores.  Based on the enduring trend among 
hihigher education institutions to outsource their campus bookstores, we intend to continue to aggressively 
pursue similar opportunities.  

We are proud of the strong partnerships that we have developed with college and university administrators, 
as well as with publishers, vendors and suppliers, which have cemented our position as the contractor of 
choice for on-campus bookstore services.  The pipeline for our services remains strong, with higher education 
enrollments expected to increase by over 2 million students by 2023.  This long-term projected growth will be 
impacted by what we expect to be short-term fluctuations in enrollments at two-year community colleges, 
which may continue to decrease for the next 12 to 24 months.  In any enrollment environment, colleges and 
ununiversities are seeking ways to manage the complexities of the course material landscape, and we are in an 
excellent position to provide economic benefits to schools by offering affordable, accessible textbooks and 
course materials – both in print and digital formats, with the option to rent or buy.  

Even as traditional print textbooks remain the first choice of students, demand for alternative forms of 
educational materials is growing.  Following our acquisition of LoudCloud Systems, Inc. in March 2016, we are 
uniquely positioned to provide schools, students and faculty with integrated print and digital solutions.  With 
LoudCloud’s cloud-based SaaS platform, we can provide more personalized assessment and analytical 
capabilities, enabling educators to monitor and improve student success more efficiently and effectively.  
Importantly, we also signed a long-term agreement to outsource the Yuzu® platform to VitalSource 
TeTechnologies, Inc., thus significantly reducing our digital spend while also improving the user e-reading 
experience.  We now have the ability to adjust and grow our digital offering efficiently and at a lower cost to 
complement our printed textbook sales and rental business.  

Beyond the traditional four-wall bookstore, it has become increasingly evident that higher education 
institutions need end-to-end solutions to drive student engagement and success both in and outside of the 
classroom. Our strategy to expand our general merchandise offering in our bookstores, online through 
school-branded e-commerce websites, as well as on campus at sporting and other events, has been a key 
source of growth for Barnes & Noble Education, and we expect that to continue.  In line with our goal to 
increase general merchandise sales at our existing bookstores, our recent acquisition of Promoversity earlier 
ththis summer now gives us the ability to customize Barnes & Noble College’s e-commerce solution to more 
effectively promote our partners’ brands and drive on-campus merchandise sales.  

We plan to continue to execute a balanced capital allocation strategy, as we pursue targeted growth 
opportunities and manage our cost structure and capital expenditures to benefit shareholders. In December, 
as part of this capital allocation strategy, our Board authorized a $50 million stock repurchase program, and 
we repurchased $16.6 million of stock during the fiscal year.  

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2016 
OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     

Commission File Number: 1-37499

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, NJ
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

46-0599018
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

07920
(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (908) 991-2665

Title of Class

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Name of Exchange on which registered

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes 

No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  

  No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   

     No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   

     No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is 
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act.(Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  

    No  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $707 
million based upon the closing market price of $14.75 per share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange as of October 
31, 2015.  As of June 17, 2016, 46,308,085 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Availability of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.
Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.

PART I
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART II
Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases Of 

Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared with the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. . . . . . . . . . . .
52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared with the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liquidity And Capital Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Critical Accounting Policies And Estimates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements And Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes In And Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting And Financial Disclosure . . . . . . .
Controls And Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART III
Directors, Executive Officers And Corporate Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management And Related Stockholder 

Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships And Related Transactions, And Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal Accountant Fees And Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART IV
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page No.
3

4

5
5

14

15

17

24
24

25

25

26
27

29

29
30
32
35

37

37
38
41

44
45
74
74

77

77
77

77

77

77

78
80

2

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report on Form 10-K contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and information relating to us and our business that are based on the beliefs of our management 
as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to our management. When used in this communication, the 
words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “forecasts,” “projections,” and similar expressions, 
as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and 
rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor 
can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause 
actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this Form 10-K may not occur and actual results could 
differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events, the outcome of which is subject to certain risks, 

including, among others:

•  general competitive conditions, including actions our competitors may take to grow their businesses;

•  a decline in college enrollment or decreased funding available for students; 

•  decisions by colleges and universities to outsource their bookstore operations or change the operation of their bookstores;

•  the general economic environment and consumer spending patterns;

•  decreased consumer demand for our products, low growth or declining sales;

•  restructuring of our digital strategy may not result in the expected growth in our digital sales and/or profitability;

•  risk that digital sales growth does not exceed the rate of investment spend;

•  the  performance  of  our  online,  digital  and  other  initiatives,  integration  of  and  deployment  of,  additional  products  and 
services, and further enhancements to Yuzu® and any future higher education digital products, and the inability to achieve 
the expected cost savings; 

•  our ability to successfully implement our strategic initiatives including our ability to identify and execute upon additional 

acquisitions and strategic investments;

•  technological changes;

•  our international expansion could result in additional risks;

•  our ability to attract and retain employees;

•  challenges to running our company independently from Barnes & Noble, Inc. following the Spin-Off;

•  the potential adverse impact on our business resulting from the Spin-Off;

•  changes to payment terms, return policies, the discount or margin on products or other terms with our suppliers;

•  risks associated with data privacy, information security and intellectual property;

•  trends and challenges to our business and in the locations in which we have stores;

•  non-renewal of contracts and higher-than-anticipated store closings;

•  disruptions to our computer systems, data lines, telephone systems or supply chain, including the loss of suppliers;

•  work stoppages or increases in labor costs;

•  possible increases in shipping rates or interruptions in shipping service, effects of competition;

•  obsolete or excessive inventory;

•  product shortages;

•  changes in law or regulation;

•  the amount of our indebtedness and ability to comply with covenants applicable to any future debt financing;

•  our ability to satisfy future capital and liquidity requirements;

•  our ability to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable terms;

•  adverse results from litigation, governmental investigations or tax-related proceedings or audits;

3

 
•  changes in accounting standards; and

•  the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section titled “Risk Factors” in Part I - Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results 
or  outcomes  may  vary  materially  from  those  described  as  anticipated,  believed,  estimated,  expected,  intended  or  planned. 
Subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified 
in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this paragraph. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Form 10-K.

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

You may read and copy any materials Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room 
at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials also can be obtained free of charge at the 
SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, or by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 
1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.’s SEC 
filings are also available to the public, free of charge, on its corporate website, www.bned.com, as soon as reasonably practicable 
after Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. You may also request a 
copy of any of our filings with the SEC at no cost by writing us at Investor Relations, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., 120 Mountain 
View  Blvd.,  Basking  Ridge,  N.J.  07920.  Barnes  &  Noble  Education,  Inc.’s  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  New York  Stock 
Exchange. Material filed by Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 
20 Broad Street, New York, N.Y. 10005.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

On  February 26,  2015,  Barnes &  Noble,  Inc.  (“Barnes &  Noble”)  announced  plans  for  the  complete  legal  and  structural 
separation of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”, "us", "we") from Barnes & Noble (the “Spin-Off”). Under the 
Separation and Distribution Agreement between Barnes & Noble and the Company (the “Separation and Distribution Agreement”), 
Barnes & Noble planned to distribute all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our Common 
Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis. 

On July 14, 2015, Barnes & Noble approved the final distribution ratio and declared a pro rata dividend of the outstanding 
shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), to Barnes & Noble’s existing stockholders. The pro 
rata dividend was made on August 2, 2015 to the Barnes & Noble stockholders of record (as of July 27, 2015). Each Barnes & 
Noble stockholder of record received a distribution of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for each share of Barnes & Noble 
common stock held on the record date. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble does not own any equity interest in us.

On August 2,  2015,  we  completed  the  legal  separation  from  Barnes &  Noble,  at  which  time  we  began  to  operate  as  an 
independent  publicly-traded  company.  Our  Common  Stock  began  to  trade  on  a  “when-issued”  basis  on  the  New York  Stock 
Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol “BNED WI” beginning on July 23, 2015. On August 3, 2015, when-issued trading of our 
Common Stock ended, and our Common Stock began “regular-way” trading under the symbol “BNED.”

The results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 (periods presented prior to the 
Spin-Off), reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a stand-alone basis since we were still part of Barnes 
& Noble, Inc. until the consummation of the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, and the results of operations for the 39 weeks ended 
April 30, 2016  reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis as we became a separate 
consolidated entity.

4

Item 1. BUSINESS

PART I

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in these Notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements to 
“we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & 
Noble” refer to Barnes & Noble, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Barnes & Noble 
Education, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries) unless the context otherwise requires. References to “Barnes & Noble College” 
refer to our college bookstore business operated through our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. .

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2016” means 
the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, “Fiscal 2015” means the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, “Fiscal 2014” means the 53 weeks 
ended May 3, 2014, “Fiscal 2013” means the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013, and “Fiscal 2012” means the 52 weeks ended 
April 28, 2012.

Unless otherwise indicated, market and industry information contained in this Form 10-K is based on information provided 

by the National Association of College Stores ("NACS") and management estimates of market shares.

OVERVIEW

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., one of the largest contract operators of bookstores on college and university campuses across 
the United States and a leading provider of digital education services, enhances the academic and social purpose of educational 
institutions. As a strategic partner, we are committed to offering a complete support system and an unmatched retail and digital 
learning experience to foster student success in higher education. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Barnes & Noble College, 
we operate 751 campus bookstores and the school-branded e-commerce sites for each store, serving more than 5 million college 
students and their faculty nationwide. On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc., at which 
time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded company.

Overall educational spending in the United States continues to increase dramatically, and as tuition and other costs rise, 
colleges and universities face pressure to attract and retain students and provide them with innovative, affordable educational 
content and tools that support their educational development.  While traditional print textbooks remain the first choice of students, 
demand for alternative forms of educational materials is growing.  

We  offer  a  comprehensive  set  of  products  and  services  to  help  students,  faculty  and  administrators  achieve  their  shared 
educational and social goals on college and university campuses across the United States.  As one of the largest contract operators 
of bookstores and a provider of digital education services, we operate as a focal point for college life and learning, advancing the 
educational mission of our institution partners, enlivening campus culture and delivering an important revenue stream to our 
partner schools. 

For over 5 million students and their faculty, our campus stores are a social and academic hub through which students can 
access affordable course materials and affinity products, including new and used print and digital textbooks, which are available 
for sale or rent; emblematic apparel and gifts; trade books (general reading); computer products; school and dorm supplies; café; 
convenience food and beverages; and graduation products. Through multi-year management service agreements with our schools, 
we typically have the sole right to operate the official school bookstore on college campuses.  In turn, we pay the school a percentage 
of store sales and, in some cases, a minimum fixed guarantee.  We create seamless retail experiences for our customers, both in 
our dynamic physical stores and on our official school-branded e-commerce sites for each school. 

As of April 30, 2016, we operated 751 stores nationwide, which reached 26% of the total number of students enrolled at  
colleges and universities in the United States. Our stores are operated under 472 contracts, some of which cover multiple store 
locations, and 165 of our college and university affiliated bookstores are co-branded with the Barnes & Noble name.  

Fiscal 2016 was an excellent year for new store signings, and we have a strong pipeline of new business opportunities.  During 
the 2016 fiscal year, we opened 39 stores with estimated first year annual sales of $64 million. In addition, as of June 17, 2016, 
we have signed additional contracts for 32 new stores with estimated first year annual sales of $109 million. We expect these new 
stores to open during our fiscal year 2017.

We are well positioned to benefit from the continuing trend towards outsourcing across the campus bookstore market given 
our brand, reputation with institutions, students and faculty for service and our full suite of products and services including: 
bookstore management, textbook rental and digital delivery. 

5

Strength of Our Business

We enhance the academic and social purpose of educational institutions by providing essential educational content and tools 
within a dynamic retail environment.  Our products and services improve academic outcomes, provide support to students, and 
create loyalty and retention, while also supporting the financial goals of the colleges and universities we serve.  We provide more 
than course materials and merchandise - we work as a true partner with colleges and universities, aligned with their missions and 
goals by acting as a valuable support system for students and faculty.  We deliver an attractive retail and digital learning experience 
driven by innovation, advanced technologies and a deep understanding of the evolving needs and behaviors of our students, faculty 
and administrators. Our competitive strengths are:

•  Large Footprint with Well-Recognized Brand: We are one of the largest operators of bookstores on college and university 
campuses in the United States, with 751 stores in 43 states and the District of Columbia as of April 30, 2016, which reached 
26% of the total number of students enrolled at colleges and universities in the United States. The Barnes & Noble brand is 
virtually synonymous with bookselling, and we believe it is one of the most widely recognized and respected brands in the 
United States.  Our large footprint and our reputation and credibility in the marketplace not only support our marketing efforts 
to universities, students and faculty, but are also important for leading publishers who rely on us as one of their primary 
distribution channels.

•  Stable, Long-Term Contracts: We operate our stores under management contracts with colleges and universities that are 
typically for five year terms with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, and are typically cancelable by either 
party without penalty with 90 to 120 days' notice. From Fiscal 2013 through Fiscal 2016, 94% of these contracts were renewed 
or extended, often before their termination dates. In addition, these contracts are financially beneficial to us as we typically 
pay  the  college  or  university  a  percentage  of  our  sales,  including  certain  contracts  with  minimum  guarantee  payments. 
Therefore, the expense related to our college and university contracts is primarily a function of each stores' success. This 
arrangement is also beneficial to the colleges and universities, providing them with an incentive to encourage their students 
and faculty to shop at our affiliated stores. 

•  Well-Established  Relationships:  We  have  strong  partnerships  with  college  and  university  administrators,  as  well  as  with 

publishers, vendors and suppliers.

With  an  average  relationship  tenure  of  15  years,  we  generate  value  for  our  college  and  university  partners,  and  our 
relationships  are  supported  by  innovative  engagement  programs  and  educational  initiatives.  Our  decentralized 
management structure empowers local teams to make decisions based on the local campus needs and foster collaborative 
working relationships with our partners. 

We have long-term relationships with over 9,000 publishers, who can partner with us to access one of the largest distribution 
networks of college education materials in the United States. 

•  Direct Access to Students and Faculty: We have a flexible business model with excellent visibility into the needs of our 
customers, and the ability to achieve profitability typically within the first year of operation.  Our stores serve as social hubs 
for over 5 million students and their faculty, allowing us to forge deep customer relationships and seamlessly integrate their 
systems with our technology.  Our established position on campus as the official, contracted provider for bookstore services 
gives us direct access to students and faculty and translates into relatively modest customer acquisition costs and high customer 
conversion and retention rates. Our flexible research channels help us stay ahead of the rapidly changing needs and behaviors 
of our customers, and proactively respond with dynamic solutions. The ReFuel Agency College Explorer Study 2015 estimates 
$523 billion total annual spending for tuition, housing, etc. and $203 billion annual discretionary spending, such as for food, 
clothing, etc., for the college demographic. Brand partners looking to reach the college audience are also exploring how to 
leverage our unique position on campus to access the coveted demographic we serve.  

•  Highly Relevant Digital Products and Services:  Our position as a strategic partner with our large footprint of existing and 
prospective colleges and universities allows us to use our suite of digital products and services to best serve their diverse 
needs and provides a broader scope of products and services beyond outsourcing of bookstore services.  Digital products and 
services range from those related to providing accessible and affordable course materials solutions more directly related to 
our core business to analytic solutions designed to improve learning outcomes and retention rates. 

•  Seasoned Management Team: We have an experienced senior management team with a proven track record, and demonstrated 
expertise in college bookstore outsourcing and content distribution, marketing and retail operations, and in scaling digital 
educational products and services. 

6

Growth Drivers

The primary factors that we expect will enable us to grow our business are as follows:

•  Increasing Market Share with New Accounts: Historically, new store openings have been an important driver of growth. From 
Fiscal 2012 to end of Fiscal 2016, we increased the number of stores we serve from 636 to 751, or 18%. Currently, approximately 
52% of college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions.  As of 
the end of Fiscal 2016, we operated only 19% of all college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States.  Based 
on the anticipated continuing trend towards outsourcing in the campus bookstore market, we intend to aggressively pursue 
these opportunities and bid on these contracts.  We expect new store openings will be the most important driver of future 
growth in our business. 

•  Adapting our Merchandising Strategy and Product and Service Offerings: We create on campus and online retail destinations 
with  services  students  want,  and capture  market share  through new  product  offerings; enhanced  marketing  efforts  using 
mobile, search and other technologies; increased local social and promotional offerings; and a broad category assortment of 
general merchandise, including school spirit apparel and gifts, school supplies, computer and technology products, dorm 
furnishings, graduation products, and café, convenience food and beverage offerings, marketed to our growing student and 
alumni base. We also are actively working with publishers by offering them access to FacultyEnlight®, our proprietary online 
platform, to expedite and better coordinate textbook adoption.

•  Scalable and Advanced Digital Product and Solution Set:  We leverage our digital technology platform to provide product 
and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, such as affordable and accessible 
course materials, retention solutions driven by our analytics platform, and products designed to drive and improve student 
outcomes.

•  Expanding Strategic Opportunities through Acquisitions and Partnerships: We intend to pursue strategic relationships with 
companies that enhance our educational services or distribution platform, or create compelling content offerings. In Fiscal 
2016, we acquired LoudCloud Systems, Inc., a sophisticated digital platform and analytics provider. We may also expand our 
current suite of digital content offerings and platform through acquisitions, internal or third-party software development and 
strategic  partnerships.  Expansion  into  new  educational  verticals  and  markets,  such  as  K-12,  vocational  and  international 
markets, will be opportunistically evaluated.

Product and Service Offering

Our full suite of product offerings includes:

•  Textbook and Course Material Sales: Textbooks are a core product offering of our business. We work directly with faculty to 
ensure the correct textbooks are available in required formats before the start of classes.  We provide students with affordable 
textbook solutions and educate them about each format through various means. During Fiscal 2016, we offered over 220,000 
unique textbook titles for sale to support the course offerings on our campuses. 

•  Textbook and Course Material Rentals: Students are increasingly turning to renting as the most affordable way to obtain their 
textbooks, and we are an industry leader in textbook rentals. The majority of our robust title list is available for rent, including 
custom course packs and adaptive learning materials, along with traditional textbooks. We also offer a convenient buyout 
option to allow the customer to purchase the rented book at the end of the semester, thereby enhancing our revenue and 
improving our inventory management processes.

•  General Merchandise: General merchandise sales are generated in-store, on campus at sporting and other events, as well as 
online through school-branded e-commerce sites. Our stores feature collegiate and athletic apparel relating to a school and/
or its athletic programs and other custom-branded school spirit products, technology, supplies and convenience items. Other 
merchandise, such as laptops and other technology products, notebooks, backpacks, school and dormitory supplies and related 
items are also offered.  In addition, as of April 30, 2016, we operated 80 customized cafés, featuring Starbucks Coffee®, and 
18 stand-alone convenience stores, as well as diverse grab-and-go options including organic, vegan and gluten-free, and ethnic 
fare for students on the move.  These offerings increase traffic and time spent in our stores.

•  Trade: In our stores located on larger campuses, we carry an extensive selection of trade, academic and reference books, along 
with  educational  toys  and  games,  and  schedule  store  events,  such  as  author  signings,  that  extend  beyond  the  academic 
community. The majority of our stores carry the most popular campus bestsellers, along with academically relevant titles.

•  Digital Education: Using our LoudCloud platform (as described below), we offer a suite of digital content and learning 
materials to supplement our traditional products (textbooks and course materials) and help faculty provide a more robust 
educational experience for students. We enable educators to mix and author many forms of content, including eTextbooks 
and rich media, and provide them with adaptive analytics and assessment capabilities that, when combined, drive improved 
outcomes and better experiences for students.   

7

•  Brand Partnerships: United States college students spend billions on discretionary purchases each year in categories such as 
technology, clothing, entertainment, and food.  As the official partner to the colleges and universities we serve, we are in a 
unique position to provide leading brands direct access to 5 million students who shop at our stores. We operate not just as a 
retailer, but as a media channel for these brands looking to target the college demographic. We are experts in creating strategic 
solutions  and  customer programs for  brand partners,  creating live touch points during  the academic year  through digital 
marketing, custom content, store brand building product sampling and live engagement at our locations in the center of campus 
life. We conduct business with a wide range of companies, including Adobe®, Verizon®, Nutella®, Visa Checkout®, West Elm®
and Kind®.

Platform Services

•  FacultyEnlight®: Our proprietary online platform enhances content search, discovery and adoption (i.e. textbook selection) 
by faculty on each campus. Thus far, approximately 245,000 faculty members use FacultyEnlight® to compare and contrast 
key decision-making factors, such as cost savings to students and format availability (including rental and digital options); 
read and write peer product reviews; and see what textbooks are being used by colleagues at other colleges and universities. 
This wealth of available information enables faculty to find and select the course materials that are both relevant to their 
subject matter and affordable to their students. FacultyEnlight® also provides us with a communication platform to connect 
with faculty directly, allowing us to better understand their needs, preferences and challenges when it comes to the textbook 
adoption process, and deliver our affordability message.  

•  Campus Connect Technologies™: We enhance the academic and social purpose of higher education institutions by integrating 
our technology and systems with the school’s technology and organizational infrastructure to forge a bond with the school 
with a particular emphasis on the needs of students and faculty. Our customizable technology delivers a seamless experience 
that enables faculty to research and select, and enables students to find and purchase, the most affordable course materials, 
maximizing savings and sales. Campus Connect Technologies™ platform includes:

Simple Registration Integration: By linking the online course registration process to the bookstore’s e-commerce site, 
students can easily find their specific required course materials and purchase those materials immediately. They can view 
the list of necessary course materials and select their preferred format, delivery and payment method. 

Seamless  LMS  Integration:  By  tying  directly  into  the  school’s  Learning  Management  System  ("LMS"),  faculty  and 
students can easily purchase their course materials and leverage our single-sign on functionality - enabling a stronger 
connection between student, faculty and campus bookstore.

Real-Time Financial Aid Platform: To help simplify financial aid transactions, we provide a sophisticated, real-time 
Student Financial Aid ("SFA") platform that is fully-integrated with any college or university’s financial aid systems and 
point-of-sale technology. This integration provides a direct and simple way for students to use their financial aid dollars 
in our stores and online, even before the start of classes.

Dynamic Point of Sale ("POS") Platform: We build a secure, highly customized checkout experience for each campus, 
greatly expediting and simplifying a student’s shopping experience. Campus debit cards, financial aid and all major forms 
of tender are fully integrated, allowing students to check out from any register.

Flexible Course Fee Solution: Through this model, all required course materials for a particular course or program are 
included in the cost of tuition. Students are guaranteed the course materials they need in the format they prefer. Course 
materials can be picked up at the campus store, shipped directly to the student or delivered digitally.

•  LoudCloud  Platform:  Our  LoudCloud  platform  is  a  sophisticated  digital  platform  and  analytics  system  that  includes  a 
competency based courseware platform, a learning analytics platform, an eReading product, and a learning management 
system. Its software captures and analyzes key behavioral and performance metrics from students, allowing educators to 
monitor and improve student success. The core framework, rooted in the student-centric design, simplifies course and content 
authoring  using  proprietary  algorithms  to  inform  and  guide  course  progress.  Our  module-based  architecture  allows  for 
customization  and  the  ability  to  support  different  educational  models,  and  support  additional  capabilities,  including 
competency-based learning and courseware development. These tools enable teachers to provide, and students to experience, 
a more personalized learning experience and improve student success rates.  Additionally, our LMS platform helps institutions 
handle  all  aspects  of  the  learning  process,  including  delivery  and  management  of  instructional  content,  learning  goals, 
assessment, course administration and reporting.

8

Customers and Distribution Network

We leverage our physical bookstores, e-commerce sites and digital platform to serve and interact with the key constituents 

in our business ecosystem and act as a key partner for students, universities and publishers.  

We work with colleges and universities to transform the campus bookstore into a destination that enhances social and academic 
experiences. We offer students a customized retail experience, including what we believe to be the largest inventory of used and 
rental titles, as well as a number of other affordable textbook solutions, including digital textbooks and our Flexible Course Fee 
Solution. For the colleges and universities that we support, we provide a customized school official website for course materials 
and general merchandise, which includes emblematic apparel and gifts and school supplies. We provide faculty with valuable 
tools, resources and insights that allow them to gain a deeper understanding of student needs and higher education trends. We also 
offer approximately 5,000 publishers access to one of the largest distribution networks of college education materials in the United 
States.

As of April 30, 2016, we managed 751 bookstores nationwide across 43 states and the District of Columbia, serving over 5 
million students and their faculty. During the period of Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016, the number of stores we operated increased 
by 115, or approximately 18%, from 636 to 751, as a result of the increased demand for outsourcing in this market and the awarding 
of contracts for stores previously run by our competitors.  In addition, as of June 17, 2016, we have signed additional contracts 
for 32 new stores, which we expect to open during our fiscal year 2017.

9

The number of Barnes & Noble  College stores located in each state and the District of Columbia as of April 30, 2016, is listed 
below: 

STATE

OF STORES

STATE

OF STORES

STATE

NUMBER

NUMBER

NUMBER

OF STORES

Alabama . . . . . . . . . . .

Arizona . . . . . . . . . . . .

Arkansas . . . . . . . . . . .

California . . . . . . . . . .

Colorado . . . . . . . . . . .

Connecticut . . . . . . . . .

Delaware . . . . . . . . . . .

District of Columbia . .

Florida. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hawaii. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Illinois . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indiana . . . . . . . . . . . .

Iowa . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kansas. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Multichannel Retailer

18

8

7

44

5

5

2

4

46

14

3

20

14

6

2

Kentucky . . . . . . . . . .

Louisiana. . . . . . . . . .

Maryland . . . . . . . . . .

Massachusetts . . . . . .

Michigan . . . . . . . . . .

Minnesota . . . . . . . . .

Mississippi . . . . . . . .

Missouri . . . . . . . . . .

Nebraska . . . . . . . . . .

Nevada . . . . . . . . . . .

New Hampshire. . . . .

New Jersey . . . . . . . .

New Mexico . . . . . . .

New York . . . . . . . . .

North Carolina. . . . . .

32

14

20

29

36

7

9

8

1

2

4

21

6

66

25

North Dakota. . .

Ohio. . . . . . . . . .

Oklahoma . . . . .

Oregon. . . . . . . .

Pennsylvania . . .

Rhode Island . . .

South Carolina. .

South Dakota. . .

Tennessee . . . . .

Texas . . . . . . . . .

Virginia . . . . . . .

Washington . . . .

West Virginia. . .

Wisconsin . . . . .

1

41

5

5

63

2

19

2

12

67

20

19

11

6

As of April 30, 2016, we operated 751 bookstores in our dynamic, multichannel format on campuses of state universities, 
private universities and community colleges of various sizes. Our typical bookstore is located on campus in a location convenient 
to students and faculty. Of our 751 stores, 41 are academic superstores at select major campuses, including the Harvard Coop, 
University of Pennsylvania, Yale University, the College of William and Mary, Boston University, The Ohio State University, 
DePaul University, Vanderbilt University and Georgia Institute of Technology. 

Our academic superstores include a café and carry a large selection of trade and reference books, as well as our campus 
bookstore offerings of course-required textbooks, supplies, emblematic clothing and gifts. Our academic superstores often act as 
an anchor to the local community; they are positioned in locations that attract customers from the neighborhood community, as 
well as students and faculty from the college or university. They are open extended hours and have ongoing events, such as author 
signings. These stores differ from our traditional-format stores because the majority has a customer base that includes the general 
public and sales which are less dependent on course-required materials.

e-Commerce Platform: With an active digital community of over 6.5 million customers, our official online bookstores for 
colleges or universities drove over $400 million of sales in Fiscal 2016, with transactions up over 8.5% over the prior fiscal year.  
Designed to appeal to students, parents and alumni, the school-branded sites offer simple and seamless textbook purchasing with 
free in-store pick  up or shipping to any location, general merchandise promotions and collections that are customized to the 
individual user, as well as faculty course material adoption tools and customer service support. Our strategy has allowed us to 
connect and personalize our promotions directly to new students, parents and alumni, helping drive our online general merchandise 
sales. Additionally, our access to alumni through university alumni offices, including over 940,000 alumni with existing customer 
accounts, allow us to leverage digital marketing strategies on our dedicated fan and alumni e-commerce sites focused on athletic 
game day and other milestone events for further general merchandise sales growth in school-spirit apparel and related items. 

Contracts

Our stores are typically operated under management agreements with the college or university to be the official university 
bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, including physical and digital products sold in-store, online 
or through learning management systems. Agreements are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 
15 years, and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 to120 days' notice. We pay the school a percentage 
of sales for the right to be the official college or university bookstore and the use of the premises; more than half of our agreements 
do not have any minimum guaranteed amount to be paid to our partners. In addition, we have the non-exclusive right to sell all 
items typically sold in a college bookstore both in-store and on the web. We also have the ability to integrate our systems with the 
university’s systems in order to accept student financial aid, university debit cards and other forms of payment. We are able to 

10

obtain student and faculty email lists for direct communication which provide for seamless integration into the university community 
and potential co-branded marketing opportunities.

Over the past four years, we have renewed more than 94% of our agreements, with the majority of the agreements being 

renewed before their expiration dates and without going through a formal bid process.

Merchandising and Supply Chain Management

Our purchasing procedures vary by product type (i.e. textbooks, general merchandise or trade books). Purchases are made at 
the store level based on the relationships our managers have with the faculty, with strategic corporate oversight, while maintaining 
appropriate inventory levels. After titles are adopted for an upcoming term, we determine how much inventory we will need to 
purchase based on several factors, including student enrollment and the previous term’s textbook sales history. We first use our 
automated sourcing systems to determine if our stores have the necessary new or used books on hand and may transfer the inventory 
to the appropriate store. After internal sourcing, we purchase books from outside suppliers. As part of our contracts with institutions, 
we guarantee that we will order textbooks for all courses.

Our primary suppliers of new textbooks include Pearson Education, Cengage Learning, McGraw-Hill, MPS, MBS Textbook 
Exchange,  Inc.  (“MBS”),  and  John Wiley &  Sons.  Our  primary  suppliers  of  used  textbooks  are  students,  through  returns  of 
previously rented and purchased books, and MBS. The stores offer a "Cash for Books" program in which students can sell their 
books back to the store at the end of the semester, typically in December and May. Students typically receive 50% of the price 
they originally paid for the book if it has been adopted for a future class or the current wholesale price if it has not. Both unsold 
textbooks and trade books are generally returnable to publishers for full credit. For textbook sales and rentals, we utilize our 
sophisticated inventory management platforms to manage pricing and inventory across all our stores.

The larger stores feature an expanded selection of trade books and use the Barnes & Noble Book Master system, a proprietary 
merchandising system licensed from Barnes & Noble. Our home office merchants meet with publishers on a regular basis to 
identify new titles and trends to support this changing business. In the smaller stores, trade (general reading) book purchasing is 
controlled at the store level.

General merchandise vendors and products are initially selected by our home office merchants using the analytics and insights 
from our planning and allocation systems. This data is used to establish benchmarks across school type, region and the socio-
economics  of  each  of  our  partner  institution’s  student  base  to  help  local  store  management  team  forecast  sales  and  trends. 
Recommended assortments are provided to the stores, and stores then make selections based on the perceived needs of each 
campus, reaching back out to the home office merchants with their recommendations on any additional campus specific needs.

Customer Marketing Strategies

Students, Parents, Alumni

Our expertise in student marketing is supported by our active digital community of over 6.5 million people, which includes 
engaged email subscribers and our continuous dialogue with customers on our school-customized social media channels, including 
Facebook, Instagram and Twitter, as well as our student blog, The College Juice. Our exclusive Student POV ("Point of View") 
online panel of over 8,000 students nationwide, as well as our Parent POV online panel of over 2,800 parents, helps us to better 
understand  their  attitudes,  values  and  behaviors.  Using  a  marketing  automation  platform,  we  segment  students  based  on 
demographics and purchasing behavior to ensure our audience receives the most relevant messages and experience. Our dynamic 
email campaigns educate students on format and affordability options as well as ongoing promotions from game day to graduation. 
Through our search engine marketing strategies, we have been able to grow online textbook and apparel sales significantly.

One example of our commitment to turning our research insights into action is our Igniting the New Student Connection 
initiative. We connect with new students starting with their acceptance letters, allowing us to capture textbook sales from day one 
and building loyalty with new students and their parents, and this relationship continues over the lifecycle of their academic 
experience. 

As rewarding and helpful as our connections are for new students, they also drive revenue. Nationwide, during the current 
fiscal year, we have built more than 440,000 connections with incoming students and their parents, resulting in increased revenues. 
These efforts have allowed us to recapture market share and cement the college bookstore as the student's first choice for everything 
they need for academic success. We also form the same personal connections with the alumni base, creating a customized loyalty 
program that builds and enhances relationships with them while driving revenue for the bookstore. 

11

Business Conditions and Competition

The market for educational materials is undergoing unprecedented change. Overall spending on education, including tuition, 
continues to increase dramatically.  As tuition and other costs rise, colleges and universities face increasing pressure to attract and 
retain  students  and  provide  them  with  innovative,  affordable  educational  content  and  tools  that  support  their  educational 
development. While traditional print textbooks remain the first choice of students, demand for alternative forms of educational 
materials,  including  digital,  media-rich  content  and  study  aids,  is  emerging.  Current  competitive  dynamics  in  the  market  for 
distribution of course materials include:

•  A Majority of Traditional Campus Bookstores Have Yet to be Outsourced: Approximately 52% of college and university 
affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions. As the delivery of educational materials 
continues to evolve, driven in large part by the growth of rentals and digital content, and the complexity of modern campus 
bookstore operations increases, institutions are increasingly outsourcing bookstore operations to third parties such as us, 
because we can offer a complete set of solutions to students and faculty.  We believe that we will benefit from the continuing 
trend towards outsourcing across the campus bookstore market.  

•  Direct Relationship with a Coveted Demographic: Due to the disproportionate impact on trend-setting and early adoption, 
marketing to college students is important for many brands, as they seek more effective methods to engage with this audience.  
The importance of this demographic provides a significant opportunity to further monetize our direct relationship with more 
than 5 million students both during and beyond their college years. 

•  Increased Use of Online and Digital Platforms as Companions to Printed Course Materials: Students and faculty can now 
choose from a wider variety of educational content and tools than ever before, delivered across both traditional and digital 
platforms. Students and faculty are increasingly relying on online and digital platforms as a means to discover, consume and 
share  educational  content  and  access  affordable  non-traditional  educational  content,  including  online  coursework  and 
supplemental materials. Whereas some companies are creating digital delivery systems that would seek to make traditional 
textbooks obsolete, others are developing new technologies to complement traditional offerings.  However, today, traditional 
print textbooks sold remain the first choice of students, according to the Student Monitor LLC, with 77% preferring a physical 
textbook (whether new, used, purchased or rented) over other options. In addition, printed course materials are the primary 
instructional resource for most courses and the highest revenue generator for most higher education publishers.

•  Highly-Fragmented Educational Content Market Presents Opportunity for Consolidation: The evolving market for educational 
content is increasingly competitive, with a broad array of content providers, digital content delivery platforms, educational 
enterprise providers and campus store operators that compete to serve this approximately $13 billion market in educational 
books alone. As the market for educational content evolves, we believe there will be a significant opportunity to increase our 
market share. The traditional college bookstore market is very fragmented, with approximately 52% of college and university 
affiliated bookstores owned and operated by the college or university (institutional stores). The campus store continues to be 
the main source for books, course materials and general merchandise, such as school-branded apparel and gifts, computer 
products, school and dormitory supplies, café and convenience items. According to NACS, college and university store sales 
totaled approximately $10.3 billion during 2013.

•  Distribution Network Evolving: The way course materials are distributed and consumed is changing significantly, a trend that 
is expected to continue. It is clear that significant change in the distribution of course materials is already underway as a result 
of  start-ups  promoting  free  online  textbooks  and  generating  revenue  from  related  services,  institutions  licensing  digital 
materials and providing them to students for a fee, or the surge of textbook rental programs in campus bookstores and online 
platforms. In addition to the campus bookstore, course materials are also sold through off-campus bookstores, e-commerce 
outlets, digital platform companies, publishers’ direct sales to institutions and students and student-to-student marketplaces.

•  Expanding E-Commerce Business Focused on Athletics/Alumni: By rapidly scaling our dedicated alumni and fan e-commerce 
sites, we can leverage existing student and fan relationships, and exploit weak competition and grow market opportunities to 
drive increased sales of higher margin general merchandise product.

The marketplace for course materials is highly competitive. The campus bookstore is no longer the sole provider of course 
materials. Students have many choices and options, including e-commerce outlets, digital platform companies, and publishers’ 
direct sales to students. 

The following companies compete directly with us: Akademos, a virtual bookstore and marketplace for academic institutions; 
Amazon.com, an e-commerce operator and a provider of contract services to colleges and universities; BBA Solutions, a college 
textbook  retailer;  bn.com,  the  e-commerce  platform  of  Barnes &  Noble;  Chegg.com,  an  online  textbook  rental  company; 
CourseSmart, a digital course materials provider; eCampus, an online provider of course materials; Follett Corporation, a contract 
operator of campus bookstores; MBS Direct, an online bookstore provider; and Rafter, a course materials management solution 
for higher educational institutions.

12

Publishers are increasing efforts to sell directly to students, and technology companies, such as Apple, Google and Blackboard, 
are also increasing their digital offerings to students. In addition, student-to-student transactions are taking place on campuses and 
over the Internet.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Our business is dependent on the overall economic environment, college enrollment and consumer spending patterns. Our 
business is affected by funding levels at colleges and universities, by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, and 
spending on textbooks and general merchandise. The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new students and to 
increase the level of engagement by existing students. 

Historically, increasing enrollment has been a significant driver of sales growth at campus bookstores, a trend that is expected 
to  continue. According  to  the  National  Center  for  Education  Statistics  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  ("NCES"),  total 
enrollment in post-secondary degree-granting institutions is expected to increase 15.5%, from 20.6 million in 2012 to 23.8 million 
in 2023 driven by increased demand for educational services.

We expect awards of new accounts resulting in new store openings will continue to be an important driver of future growth 
in our business. We are awarded additional contracts for stores as colleges and universities decide to outsource their bookstore, 
and we also obtain new contracts for stores that were previously operated by competitors. Sales trends are primarily impacted by 
new store openings, increasing the students and faculty served, as well as changes in comparable store sales and store closings. 
We close stores at the end of their contract terms due to low profitability or because the new contract has been awarded to a 
competitor. Over the last four years, we have consistently opened new stores increasing our total number of stores open from 636 
at the beginning of Fiscal 2012 to 751 at the end of Fiscal 2016. 

We continue to see increasing trends towards outsourcing in the campus bookstore market, including virtual bookstores and 
online marketplace websites. We also continue to see a variety of business models being pursued for the provision of textbooks, 
course materials and general merchandise. In addition to the competition in the services we provide to our customers, our textbook 
business faces significant price competition. Many students purchase from multiple textbook providers, are highly price sensitive 
and can easily shift spending from one provider or format to another. Some of our competitors have adopted, and may continue 
to adopt, aggressive pricing policies and devote substantial resources to marketing, website and systems development. 

As we expanded our textbook rental offerings, students have been shifting away from higher priced textbook purchases to 
lower  priced  rental  options,  which  has  resulted  in  lower  textbook  sales  and  increasing  rental  income. After  several  years  of 
comparable  store  sales  declines,  primarily  due  to  lower  textbook  unit  volume,  during  the  52  weeks  ended  May  2,  2015,  our 
comparable store sales trends improved for both textbooks and general merchandise. For the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, our 
comparable store sales declined primarily due to lower community college enrollment.

General  merchandise  sales  have  continued  to  increase  as  our  product  assortments  continue  to  emphasize  and  reflect  the 

changing consumer trends and we evolve our presentation concepts and merchandising of products in stores and online.

Contract  costs,  which  are  included  in  cost  of  sales,  and  primarily  consist  of  the  payments  we  make  to  the  colleges  and 
universities to operate their official bookstores (management service agreement costs), including rent expense, have generally 
increased as a percentage of sales as a result of increased competition for renewals and new store contracts.

Prior to the recent restructuring of our digital operation, selling and administrative expenses have generally increased primarily 
as a result of our investments in Yuzu®, our eTextbook platform. Additionally, selling and administrative expenses have increased 
due to infrastructure costs to support growth and costs associated with being an independent publicly-traded company. In an effort 
to reduce and manage digital expenditures, while at the same time maintaining high quality digital products, we restructured our 
digital operations in Fiscal 2016. We are closing our Yuzu® offices and eliminating staffing in California and Washington. The 
total cost of severance, retention, and other restructuring costs (i.e. facility exit costs) related to our Yuzu® operations will be 
approximately $11 million. We incurred approximately $8.8 million of restructuring costs in Fiscal 2016 and expect the restructuring 
to be completed in the first quarter of Fiscal 2017.

Additionally, we have effectively outsourced the Yuzu® eTexbook reading platform and have acquired LoudCloud Systems, 
Inc., a sophisticated digital platform and analytics provider. With the implementation of these initiatives, we expect to operate 
with a lower digital cost structure in fiscal 2017, as compared to our historical Yuzu® digital spend in previous years. 

13

Seasonality

Our business is highly seasonal, with the major portion of sales and operating profit realized during the second and third fiscal 
quarters, when college students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. Revenue from the rental of 
physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period commencing at point of sale. Revenue from the rental of 
digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale. Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to 
the last day of April.

Segment 

We have determined that we operate within a single reportable segment. We identified our single operating segment based 
on the way our business is managed (focusing on the financial information distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating 
decision maker allocates resources and assesses financial performance. 

Corporate History

On September 30, 2009, Barnes & Noble acquired Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC from Leonard and Louise 
Riggio. From that date until October 4, 2012, Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC was wholly owned by Barnes & Noble 
Booksellers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble. We were initially incorporated under the name NOOK Media 
Inc. in July 2012 to hold Barnes & Noble’s college and digital businesses. On October 4, 2012, Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) 
acquired a 17.6% non-controlling preferred membership interest in our subsidiary NOOK Media LLC (“NOOK Media”), and 
through us, Barnes & Noble maintained an 82.4% controlling interest of the college and digital businesses.

On January 22, 2013, Pearson Education, Inc. (“Pearson”) acquired a 5% non-controlling preferred membership interest in 
NOOK Media, received warrants to purchase an additional preferred membership interest in NOOK Media and entered into a 
commercial agreement with NOOK Media relating to the college business.

On December 4, 2014, we re-acquired Microsoft’s interest in NOOK Media in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes 
& Noble. On December 22, 2014, we also re-acquired Pearson’s interest in NOOK Media and related warrants previously issued 
to Pearson in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes & Noble. As a result of these transactions, Barnes & Noble owned 
100% of our Company prior to the Spin-Off.

In February 2015, we changed our name from NOOK Media Inc. to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and NOOK Media’s 

name to B&N Education, LLC.

On May 1, 2015, we distributed to Barnes & Noble all of the membership interests in NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known 
as barnesandnoble.com llc), which owns the NOOK digital business and which will continue to be owned by Barnes & Noble.  
At such time, we ceased to own any interest in the NOOK digital business.

On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans to Spin-Off its 100% equity interest in our Company. At the time 
of the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, Barnes & Noble distributed all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding 
shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis (the “Distribution”). Following the Spin-Off, 
Barnes & Noble does not own any equity interest in us. On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation from Barnes & 
Noble, at which time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded company. For details related to the Distribution of 
our Common Stock, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 6. Equity and Earnings Per Share.

In connection with the separation from Barnes & Noble, we entered into several agreements that govern the relationship 
between the parties after the separation and allocate between the parties various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations following 
the separation and also describe Barnes & Noble’s future commitments to provide us with certain transition services following 
the Spin-Off.  For information on our on-going agreements with Barnes & Noble, Inc. see Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data - Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

As of April 30, 2016, we had approximately 5,500 full time and regularly scheduled part-time employees. In addition, we 
typically  hire  approximately  13,000  or  more  additional  temporary  employees  during  peak  periods.  Our  employees  are  not 
represented by unions, with the exception of 28 employees. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

EMPLOYEES

14

The following sets forth information regarding our executive officers, including their positions (ages as of June 25, 2016):

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

Name
Michael P. Huseby. . . . . . . .
Max J. Roberts . . . . . . . . . .

Patrick Maloney . . . . . . . . .
William Maloney. . . . . . . . .
Barry Brover . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kanuj Malhotra . . . . . . . . . .
Suzanne E. Andrews . . . . . .
Jay Chakrapani . . . . . . . . . .
Stephen Culver . . . . . . . . . .
Thomas D. Donohue . . . . . .
Joel Friedman . . . . . . . . . . .
JoAnn Magill. . . . . . . . . . . .
Lisa Malat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seema C. Paul . . . . . . . . . . .

Age
61
63

60
67
55

49
56
45
51
46
65
62
56
52

Position
Executive Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Executive Vice President and President, Barnes & Noble College 

Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Strategy and Development Officer and Chief Operating Officer,

Digital Education

Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary
Vice President, Chief Digital Officer
Vice President, Chief Information Officer
Vice President, Treasurer and Investor Relations
Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer
Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Vice President, Operations and Chief Marketing Officer
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”) became an independent publicly-traded company effective August 2, 2015 
in connection with its spin-off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. Barnes & Noble College, is a subsidiary of the Company through which 
the college bookstore business is operated.

Michael P. Huseby, age 61, serves as our Executive Chairman, elected in August 2015, and a director, elected in July 2013. 
He has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Barnes & Noble, Inc. from January 2014 
until the Spin-Off. Previously, Mr. Huseby was appointed Chief Executive Officer of NOOK Media LLC and President of Barnes 
& Noble, Inc. in July 2013, and Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble, Inc. in March 2012. From 2004 to 2011, Mr. Huseby 
served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cablevision Systems Corporation, a leading telecommunications 
and media company. He served on the Cablevision Systems Corporation Board in 2000 and 2001. Prior to joining Cablevision, 
Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Charter Communications, Inc., then the fourth 
largest cable operator in the United States. Mr. Huseby served on the Board of Directors of Charter Communications from May 
2013 to May 2016. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, of AT&T 
Broadband, a provider of cable television services. In addition, Mr. Huseby spent over 20 years at Arthur Andersen, LLP and 
Andersen Worldwide, S.C., where he held the position of Global Equity Partner.

Max J. Roberts, age 63, serves as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Roberts joined our company in 1996 as President, and has 
served as Chief Executive Officer, of Barnes & Noble College since August of 2013. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble College in 
1996, Mr. Roberts held senior executive positions at Petrie Retail, R.H. Macy & Company and May Department Stores. Mr. Roberts 
started his professional career at the global public accounting firm of Touche Ross & Company (currently Deloitte). 

Patrick Maloney, age 60, serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Maloney is also President 
of Barnes & Noble College. In this role, he oversees operations at all bookstores nationwide, including bookstore e-commerce, 
store design and construction, internal operations, learning and development, and book and general merchandising departments. 
Mr. Maloney began his career at Barnes & Noble in 1974 as a student and assistant manager at SUNY Stony Brook University.

William Maloney, age 67, serves as our Executive Vice President. Mr. Maloney has served as Executive Vice President of 
Barnes & Noble College since 2002. In this role, he oversees campus relations activities, builds partnerships and handles strategic 
planning and corporate marketing activities. Mr. Maloney began his career at Barnes & Noble in 1971 as a Regional Manager and 
Operations Director.

Barry Brover, age 55, serves as our Chief Financial Officer. In this role, he oversees all financial functions including treasury, 
investor  relations,  risk  management,  accounting,  financial  reporting,  inventory  control,  accounts  payable,  internal  audit,  tax, 
financial planning and analysis. Mr. Brover has served as Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble College since 2006. Mr. Brover 
joined Barnes & Noble College in 1986 and has held various executive positions with increasing responsibility. Prior to joining 
Barnes & Noble College, Mr. Brover started his career at KPMG where he earned his CPA.

15

Kanuj Malhotra, age 49, serves as our Chief Strategy and Development Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Digital Education. 
Mr. Malhotra was appointed Chief Financial Officer of NOOK Media LLC in July 2013. He joined Barnes & Noble as Vice 
President of Corporate Development in May 2012. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Malhotra was Vice President and Finance 
Head  for  Kaplan Test  Prep,  a  division  of The Washington  Post  Company,  from  2011  to  2012. At  Kaplan,  he  led  a  business 
transformation from physical test centers to a digital online learning platform. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Malhotra was Chief Financial 
Officer of Sloane Square Partners LLC. Between 2005 and 2007, he was the Chief Financial Officer for the International Division 
of the Cendant Marketing Group and Affinion International, which was divested by Cendant Corporation to Apollo Management. 
Mr. Malhotra began his career in Mergers and Acquisitions at Lehman Brothers. 

Suzanne E. Andrews, age 56, joined the Company in September 2015 as Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate 
Secretary. She is responsible for all legal matters for Barnes & Noble Education, and its subsidiaries, including management of 
outside counsel.  She provides guidance to the Company and its Board of Directors on all corporate governance and Securities 
and Exchange Commission matters, including public disclosures, mergers and acquisitions, compliance, intellectual property, 
vendor management, e-commerce, litigation, and employment. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble Education, Ms. Andrews served 
as General Counsel to Investors Bank from 2013 to 2015, and General Counsel to Healthcare Finance Group from 2004 to 2013. 
Ms. Andrews has also held positions with several law firms in New York.

Jay Chakrapani, age 45, joined the Company in August 2015 as our Chief Digital Officer. In this role he leads the product 
planning and development for the digital business and is responsible for development of digital content offerings and operations. 
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Chakrapani served as President of CK-12 Foundation, a digital learning company, from February 
2013 to January 2015 and prior to that he was with McGraw-Hill Higher Education-Digital from 2007 to 2013.

Stephen  Culver,  age  51,  serves  as  our  Vice  President,  Chief  Information  Officer  and  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the 
Company’s Information Technology operations and strategic development. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble College in 2005, 
Mr. Culver held leadership positions in both the private and public sectors. He owned and presided over an Information Technology 
consulting company, which specialized in the retail and wholesale industries. As CIO of Giorgio Armani Corporation, he led the 
Information Technology operations during the development and expansion of their North American operations.

Thomas D. Donohue, age 46, serves as our Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer. Mr. Donohue served as Treasurer 
of Barnes & Noble, Inc. since June 2012. In that role, he was responsible for the leadership and direction of all treasury activities 
including  corporate  finance,  capital  structure,  cash  management,  financial  risk  management,  international  finance,  debt 
management and relationships with financial institutions. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble Inc., he worked at The Interpublic 
Group of Companies for 12 years, a global provider of advertising and marketing services, where he served as Vice President, 
Assistant Treasurer, International from May 2004 to May 2012. 

Joel Friedman, age 65, serves as our Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer. In his time at Barnes & Noble College, 
Mr. Friedman has managed the non-book sales, developed store concepts and directed the planning, design and interior build 
outs of the Company’s many store renovations and new store projects. He joined Barnes & Noble College in 1998 after a 20 year 
career in department store merchandising of menswear apparel in Boston with Federated based Filene’s and Jordan Marsh, a five 
year term in product development and sourcing of menswear and children’s apparel with Fredrick Atkins and a one year term 
with Capital Mercury, a wholesale importer, running their product development and design department.

JoAnn Magill, age 62, serves as our Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer. In her time at Barnes & Noble College, 
Ms. Magill has been responsible for the development, implementation, and coordination of policies, practices and programs to 
include employee relations, recruitment, benefits, payroll and compensation for the bookstores and home office. She joined the 
company in 2003 after a five year career as the Vice President of Human Resources for the AT&T Broadband Media Services 
Team. Prior to that she had an extensive 25 year career with Pathmark Supermarkets, where she held a variety of field and 
corporate leadership roles.

Lisa Malat, age 56, serves as our Vice President, Operations and Chief Consumer Marketing Officer. Ms. Malat provides 
strategic direction and executive oversight to Barnes & Noble College’s campus stores in the areas of consumer and corporate 
marketing, learning and development and in-store and e-commerce strategy and operational efficiencies. Prior to joining Barnes 
& Noble College in 1996, Ms. Malat held several senior level management positions at Macy’s, including roles in store operations, 
process re-engineering, distribution, customer service, and learning and development.

Seema C. Paul, age 52, joined the Company in July 2015 as our Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer. In this role she 
manages the external reporting and technical accounting functions of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Paul held 
positions of increasing responsibility at Covanta Holding Corporation, including Corporate Controller from July 2014 to July 
2015, Senior Director-External Reporting & Technical Accounting from June 2013 to July 2014, Director-External Reporting from 
January 2011 to May 2013 and Manager-External Reporting from August 2005 to December 2010. Ms. Paul is a Certified Public 
Accountant and has held various senior financial roles with several large companies, including Net2Phone, Sybase, Inc. and Liberty 
Mutual Insurance Company.

16

Item 1A.   RISK FACTORS

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones faced by us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently 
known or that are currently deemed immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks occur, our 
business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows and the trading price of our Common Stock could be materially 
adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We face significant competition in our business, and we expect such competition to increase.

The market for course materials, including textbooks and supplemental materials, is intensely competitive and subject to rapid 
change. We are experiencing growing competition from alternative media and alternative sources of textbooks and course-related 
materials, such as websites that sell textbooks, eTextbooks, digital content and other merchandise directly to students; online 
resources, including open educational resources; publishers bypassing the bookstore distribution channel by selling directly to 
students and educational institutions; print-on-demand textbooks; textbook rental companies; and student-to-student transactions 
over the Internet. We also have competition from other college bookstore operators and educational content providers, including 
Akademos, a virtual bookstore and marketplace for academic institutions; Amazon.com, an e-commerce operator and a provider 
of contract services to colleges and universities; BBA Solutions, a college textbook retailer; bn.com, the e-commerce platform of 
Barnes & Noble; Chegg.com, an online textbook rental company; CourseSmart, a digital course materials provider; eCampus, an 
online provider of course materials; Follett Corporation, a contract operator of campus bookstores; MBS Direct, an online bookstore 
provider; and Rafter, a course materials management solution for higher educational institutions. We also have competition from 
providers of eTextbooks, such as Apple iTunes, CourseSmart, Blackboard, Rafter and Google; and various private textbook rental 
websites. In addition, Amazon, Akademos and Rafter have recently begun to develop relationships with colleges and universities 
to provide online bookstore solutions. Many students purchase from multiple textbook providers, are highly price sensitive and 
can easily shift spending from one provider or format to another. As a consequence, in addition to being competitive in the services 
we provide to our customers, our textbook business faces significant price competition. Some of our competitors have adopted, 
and  may  continue  to  adopt,  aggressive  pricing  policies  and  devote  substantial  resources  to  marketing,  website  and  systems 
development. In addition, a variety of business models are being pursued for the provision of print textbooks, some of which may 
be more profitable or successful than our business model.

We may not be able to enter into new contracts and contracts for existing or additional college and university affiliated bookstores 
may not be profitable.

An important part of our business strategy is to expand sales for our college bookstore operations by being awarded additional 
contracts to manage bookstores for colleges and universities. Our ability to obtain those additional contracts is subject to a number 
of factors that we are not able to control. In addition, the anticipated strategic benefits of new and additional college and university 
bookstores may not be realized at all or may not be realized within the time frames contemplated by management. In particular, 
contracts for additional managed stores may involve a number of special risks, including adverse short-term effects on operating 
results, diversion of management’s attention and other resources, standardization of accounting systems, dependence on retaining, 
hiring and training key personnel, unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, and actions of our competitors and customers. Because 
certain terms of any contract are generally fixed for the initial term of the contract and involve judgments and estimates that may 
not be accurate, including for reasons outside of our control, we have contracts that are not profitable and may have such contracts 
in the future. Even if we have the right to terminate a contract, we may be reluctant to do so even when a contract is unprofitable 
due to, among other factors, the potential effect on our reputation.

We may not be able to successfully retain or renew our managed bookstore contracts on profitable terms.

We face significant competition in retaining existing store contracts and when renewing those contracts as they expire. Our 
contracts are typically for five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, and most contracts are cancelable 
by either party without penalty with 90 to 120 days' notice. We may not be successful in retaining our current contracts, renewing 
our  current  contracts  or  renewing  our  current  contracts  on  terms  that  provide  us  the  opportunity  to  improve  or  maintain  the 
profitability of managing stores that are the subject matter of such contracts.

Our business is dependent on the overall economic environment, college enrollment and consumer spending patterns.

A deterioration of the current economic environment could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and 
operating results, as well as our ability to fund our growth and strategic business initiatives. Our business is affected by funding 
levels at colleges and universities and by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, changes in student enrollments and 
lower spending on textbooks and general merchandise. The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new students 
and to increase the level of engagement by existing students. To the extent we are unable to attract new students or students spend 
less generally, our business could be adversely affected.

17

We face the risk of disruption of supplier relationships and/or supply chain and/or inventory surplus.

The products that we sell originate from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. During Fiscal 2016, our four 
largest  suppliers  accounted  for  approximately  46%  of  our  merchandise  purchased,  with  the  largest  supplier  accounting  for 
approximately 19% of our merchandise purchased. While we believe that our relationships with our suppliers are good, suppliers 
may modify the terms of these relationships due to general economic conditions or otherwise.

We  do  not  have  long-term  arrangements  with  most  of  our  suppliers  to  guarantee  availability  of  merchandise,  content  or 
services, particular payment terms or the extension of credit limits. If our current suppliers were to stop selling merchandise, 
content or services to us on acceptable terms, including as a result of one or more supplier bankruptcies due to poor economic 
conditions, we may be unable to procure the same merchandise, content or services from other suppliers in a timely and efficient 
manner  and  on  acceptable  terms,  or  at  all.  In  addition,  our  business  is  dependent  on  the  continued  supply  of  textbooks. The 
publishing industry generally has suffered recently due to, among other things, changing consumer preferences away from the 
print medium and the economic climate. A significant disruption in this industry generally or a significant unfavorable change in 
our relationships with key suppliers could adversely impact our business. In addition, any significant change in the terms that we 
have  with  our  key  suppliers  including,  payment  terms,  return  policies,  the  discount  or  margin  on  products  or  changes  to  the 
distribution  model  of  textbooks,  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Furthermore,  certain  of  our 
merchandise is sourced indirectly from outside the United States. Political or financial instability, merchandise quality issues, 
product safety concerns, trade restrictions, work stoppages, tariffs, foreign currency exchange rates, transportation capacity and 
costs, inflation, civil unrest, natural disasters, outbreaks of pandemics and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our 
control and could disrupt our supply of foreign-sourced merchandise.

In addition, we have significantly increased our textbook rental business, offering students a lower cost alternative to purchasing 
textbooks, which is also subject to certain inventory risks, such as textbooks not being resold or re-rented due to delayed returns 
or poor condition, or faculty members not continuing to adopt or use certain textbooks.

We are dependent upon access to the capital markets, bank credit facilities, and short-term vendor financing for liquidity needs.

We must have sufficient sources of liquidity to fund working capital requirements. We believe that the combination of cash-
on-hand, cash flow received from operations, funds available under our revolving senior credit facility and short-term vendor 
financing will be sufficient to meet our normal working capital and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. 
If these sources of liquidity do not satisfy our requirements, we may need to seek additional financing. The future availability of 
financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as economic and market conditions, and the availability of credit. These factors 
could materially adversely affect our costs of borrowing, and our financial position and results of operations would be adversely 
impacted.

Our business relies on certain key personnel.

Management believes that our continued success will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of certain 
of our key personnel. The loss of the services of any of these key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. 
We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers or other employees.

Our business is seasonal.

Our business is seasonal, with sales generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally 
purchase textbooks for the upcoming semesters, and lowest in the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Less than satisfactory net sales 
during our peak fiscal quarters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results for the year, 
and our results of operations from those quarters may not be sufficient to cover any losses that may be incurred in the other fiscal 
quarters of the year.

Our results also depend on the successful implementation of our strategic initiatives. We may not be able to implement these 
strategies successfully, on a timely basis, or at all.

Our ability to grow depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to implement our strategic initiatives to retain 
and expand existing customer relationships, acquire new accounts, expand sales channels and marketing efforts, develop and 
market higher education digital products and adapt to changing industry trends. While we believe we have the capital resources, 
experience,  management  resources  and  internal  systems  to  successfully  operate  our  business,  we  may  not  be  successful  in 
implementing these strategies. Further, even if successfully implemented, our business strategy may not ultimately produce positive 
results.

Our strategy includes pursuing strategic acquisitions and partnerships and we may not be able to identify and successfully 
complete such transactions.

As part of our strategy, we have acquired, and, may in the future acquire, businesses or business operations, or enter into other 
business transactions, such as our recent acquisition of LoudCloud Systems, Inc. and strategic commercial agreement with Vital 
Source Technologies, Inc. We may not be able to identify suitable candidates for additional business combinations and strategic 

18

investments, obtain financing on acceptable terms for such transactions, obtain necessary regulatory approvals, if any, or otherwise 
consummate such transactions on acceptable terms, or at all. Any strategic acquisitions or investments that we are able to identify 
and complete may also involve a number of risks, including our inability to successfully or profitably integrate, operate, maintain 
and manage our newly acquired operations or employees; the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing business 
to integrate operations and personnel; possible material adverse effects on our results of operations during the integration process; 
becoming subject to contingent or other liabilities, including liabilities arising from events or conduct predating the acquisition 
that were not known to us at the time of the acquisition; and our possible inability to achieve the intended objectives of the 
transaction, including the inability to achieve cost savings and synergies. Acquisitions may also have unanticipated tax, legal, 
regulatory and accounting ramifications, including recording goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to 
impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges and incurring amortization expenses related to 
certain intangible assets. 

Our international expansion could result in additional risks.

Historically, our operations have been limited to the United States; however, we contract with service providers outside the 
United States and we recently have acquired operations in India (and we may continue to expand internationally). Such international 
expansion may result in additional risks that are not present domestically and which could adversely affect our business or our 
results of operations, including compliance with additional United States regulations and those of other nations applicable to 
international operations; cultural and language differences; currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, 
which are harder to predict in the current adverse global economic climate; restrictions on the repatriation of earnings; potentially 
adverse tax consequences and limitations on our ability to utilize losses generated in our foreign operations; different regulatory 
requirements and other barriers to conducting business; and different or less stable political and economic environments. Further, 
conducting business abroad subjects us to increased regulatory compliance and oversight. For example, in connection with our 
international operations, we are subject to laws prohibiting certain payments to governmental officials, such as the Foreign Corrupt 
Practices Act. A failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in regulatory enforcement actions as well as substantial 
civil and criminal penalties assessed against us and our employees.

We face data security risks with respect to personal information.

Our  business  involves  the  receipt,  storage,  processing  and  transmission  of  personal  information  about  customers  and 
employees. We may share information about such persons with vendors and third parties that assist with certain aspects of our 
business. Also, in connection with our student financial aid platform and the processing of university debit cards, we secure and 
have access to certain student personal information that has been provided to us by the universities we serve. Our handling and 
use of personal information is regulated at the international, federal and state levels and by industry standards, such as the Payment 
Card Industry Data Security Standard. As an entity that provides services to institutions of higher education, we are contractually 
bound to  handle certain personal information  from student education records in  accordance with the requirements of Family 
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”).  Privacy and information security laws, regulations, and industry standards change 
from time to time, and compliance with them may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development 
of new processes and may be difficult to achieve. If we fail to comply with these laws, regulations and standards, we could be 
subjected to legal risk. In addition, even if we fully comply with all laws, regulations and standards, and even though we have 
taken significant steps to protect personal information, we could experience a data security breach, and our reputation could be 
damaged, possibly resulting in a material breach of contract with one or more of our clients, lost future sales or decreased usage 
of credit and debit card products. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in violation of FERPA, the U.S. 
Department of Education could require a client to suspend our access to their student information for at least five years.  Because 
the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and often 
are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate 
preventative measures. A party that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate our or our users’ proprietary 
information and cause interruption in our operations. Any compromise of our data security could result in a violation of applicable 
privacy and other laws or standards, significant legal and financial exposure beyond the scope or limits of insurance coverage, 
increased operating costs associated with remediation, equipment acquisitions or disposal and added personnel, and a loss of 
confidence in our security measures, which could harm our business or affect investor confidence. Data security breaches may 
also result from non-technical means, for example, actions by an employee.

Our business could be impacted by changes in federal, state, local or international laws, rules or regulations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws relating to all aspects of our business. These regulations and laws 
may cover taxation, privacy, data protection, our access to student financial aid, pricing and availability of educational materials, 
competition and/or antitrust, content, copyrights, distribution, college distribution, mobile communications, electronic contracts 
and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, unencumbered Internet access to our 
services, the design and operation of websites, digital content (including governmental investigations and litigation relating to the 
agency pricing model for digital content distribution), the characteristics and quality of products and services and employee benefits 

19

(including the costs associated with complying with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act). Changes in federal, state, 
local or international laws, rules or regulations relating to these matters could increase our costs of doing business or otherwise 
impact our business.

Changes in tax laws and regulations might adversely impact our businesses or financial performance.

We collected sales tax on the majority of the products and services that we sold in our respective prior fiscal years that were 
subject to sales tax, and we generally have continued the same policies for sales tax within the current fiscal year. While management 
believes that the financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K reflect management’s best current estimate of any 
potential additional sales tax liability based on current discussions with taxing authorities, we cannot assure you that the outcome 
of any discussions with any taxing authority will not result in the payment of sales taxes for prior periods or otherwise, or that the 
amount of any such payments will not be materially in excess of any liability currently recorded. In the future, our businesses may 
be subject to claims for not collecting sales tax on the products and services we currently sell for which sales tax is not collected. 
In addition, our provision for income taxes and our obligation to pay income tax is based on existing federal, state and local tax 
laws. Changes to these laws, in particular as they relate to depreciation, amortization and cost of goods sold, could have a significant 
impact on our income tax provision, our projected cash tax liability, or both.

Our expansion into new products, services and technologies subjects us to additional business, legal, financial and competitive 
risks.

We may require additional capital in the future to sustain or grow our business. Our gross profits and margins in our newer 
activities may be lower than in our traditional activities, and we may not be successful enough in these newer activities to recoup 
our investments in them. In addition, we may have limited or no experience in our newer products and services, and our customers 
may not adopt our new product or service offerings. Some of these offerings may present new and difficult technological challenges, 
and we may be subject to claims if customers of these offerings experience service disruptions or failures or other quality issues. 

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or may be accused of infringing upon intellectual 
property rights of third parties.

We regard our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar 
intellectual property as important to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright and patent law, domain name regulations, 
trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements to protect our proprietary rights, including our use of the Barnes & 
Noble trademark. Laws and regulations may not adequately protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We may be 
unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or diminish the value of our trademarks 
and other proprietary or licensed rights.

We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. The protection of 
our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Moreover, the steps we 
take  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  may  not  adequately  protect  our  rights  or  prevent  third  parties  from  infringing  or 
misappropriating our proprietary rights. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire 
equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights.

Other parties also may claim that we infringe their proprietary rights. Because of the changes in Internet commerce and digital 
content businesses, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, it is possible that certain 
components of our products and business methods may unknowingly infringe existing patents or intellectual property rights of 
others.

Our digital content offerings depend in part on effective digital rights management technology to control access to digital 
content. If the digital rights management technology that we use is compromised or otherwise malfunctions, we could be subject 
to claims, and content providers may be unwilling to include their content in our service. 

We do not own the Barnes & Noble trademark and instead rely on a license of that trademark and certain other trademarks, 
which license imposes limits on what those trademarks can be used to do.

In connection with the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble granted us an exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and non-
assignable license to use the trademarks “Barnes & Noble College,” “B&N College,” “Barnes & Noble Education” and “B&N 
Education” and the non-exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and non-assignable license to use the marks “Barnes & 
Noble,” “B&N” and “BN,” solely in connection with the contract management of college and university bookstores and other 
bookstores associated with academic institutions and related websites, as well as education products and services (including digital 
education products and services) and related websites. These restrictions may materially limit our ability to use the licensed marks 
in the expansion of our operations in the future. In addition, we are reliant on Barnes & Noble to maintain the licensed trademarks.

20

We rely on third-party digital content and applications, which may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or 
at all.

We contract with certain third-parties to offer their digital content. Our licensing arrangements with these third-parties do not 
guarantee the continuation or renewal of these arrangements on reasonable terms, if at all. Some third-party content providers 
currently or in the future may offer competing products and services, and could take action to make it more difficult or impossible 
for us to license our content in the future. Other content owners, providers or distributors may seek to limit our access to, or increase 
the total cost of, such content. If we are unable to offer a wide variety of content at reasonable prices with acceptable usage rules, 
our business may be materially adversely affected. 

Risks Relating to Our Recent Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble 

We  could  have  an  indemnification  obligation  to  Barnes &  Noble  if  the  Spin-Off  were  determined  not  to  qualify  for  non-
recognition treatment.

If, due to any of our covenants in the Tax Matters Agreement being breached, it were determined as a tax matter that the Spin-
Off did not qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, we could be required to indemnify Barnes & Noble for the resulting taxes 
and related expenses. In addition, Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), generally creates 
a presumption that the Spin-Off would be taxable to Barnes & Noble, but not to holders, if we or our stockholders were to engage 
in transactions that result in a 50% or greater change by vote or value in the ownership of our stock during the four-year period 
beginning on the date that begins two years before the date of the Spin-Off, unless it were established that such transactions and 
the Spin-Off were not part of a plan or series of related transactions giving effect to such a change in ownership. If the Spin-Off 
were taxable to Barnes & Noble due to such 50% or greater change in the ownership of our stock, Barnes & Noble would have 
to recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our stock held by it immediately before the Spin-Off, and we generally 
would be required to indemnify Barnes & Noble for the tax on such gain and related expenses. See “Certain Relationships and 
Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Barnes & Noble—Tax Matters Agreement” in our Prospectus dated July 15, 2015 
and filed with SEC on that date for more information. 

We have agreed to numerous restrictions to preserve the non-recognition treatment of the Spin-Off, which may reduce our 
strategic and operating flexibility.

We have agreed in the Tax Matters Agreement to covenants and indemnification obligations that address compliance with 
Section 355(e) of the Code. These covenants and indemnification obligations may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions 
or engage in new businesses or other transactions that might maximize the value of our business, and could discourage or delay 
a strategic transaction that our stockholders may consider favorable. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
—Agreements with Barnes & Noble—Tax Matters Agreement” in our Prospectus dated July 15, 2015 and filed with SEC on that 
date for more information. 

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from the Spin-Off.

We believe that, as an independent publicly-traded company, we will be able to, among other things, better focus our financial 
and operational resources on our specific business, implement and maintain a capital structure designed to meet our specific needs, 
design and implement corporate strategies and policies that are targeted to our business, more effectively respond to industry 
dynamics and create effective incentives for our management and employees that are more closely tied to our business performance. 
However, following our separation from Barnes & Noble, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and have less leverage 
with suppliers, and we may experience other adverse events. In addition, we may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits 
that we expect to achieve as an independent company in the time we expect, if at all.

We may be unable to make, on a timely or cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate as an independent publicly-
traded company, and we may experience increased costs after the Spin-Off.

In the past, Barnes & Noble provided us with various corporate services. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble has no 
obligation to provide us with assistance other than the transition services described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party 
Transactions—Agreements with Barnes & Noble” in our Prospectus dated July 15, 2015 and filed with SEC on that date. These 
services do not include every service that we have received from Barnes & Noble in the past, and Barnes & Noble is only obligated 
to provide these services for limited periods from the date of the Spin-Off. Accordingly, we now provide internally or obtain from 
unaffiliated third parties, the services we previously received from Barnes & Noble prior to the Spin-Off. We may be unable to 
replace these services in a timely manner or on terms and conditions as favorable as those we receive from Barnes & Noble. We 
may be unable to successfully establish the infrastructure or implement the changes necessary to operate independently or may 
incur additional costs. If we fail to obtain the services necessary to operate effectively or if we incur greater costs in obtaining 
these services, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

21

We have limited operating history as an independent publicly-traded company, and our historical financial information is not 
necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as an independent publicly-traded company and may not be 
a reliable indicator of our future results.

We derived the historical financial information (prior to the Spin-Off) included in this Form 10-K from Barnes & Noble’s 
consolidated financial statements, and this information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations and financial position 
we would have achieved as an independent publicly-traded company during the periods presented (prior to the Spin-Off) or those 
that we will achieve in the future. This is primarily because of the following factors:

•  Prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  we  operated  as  part  of  Barnes &  Noble’s  broader  corporate  organization,  and  Barnes &  Noble 
performed various corporate functions for us. Our historical financial information reflects allocations of corporate expenses 
from Barnes & Noble for these and similar functions. These allocations may not reflect the costs we will incur for similar 
services in the future as an independent publicly-traded company.

•  We have entered into transactions with Barnes & Noble that did not exist prior to the Spin-Off and modified our existing 
agreements with Barnes & Noble, such as Barnes & Noble’s provision of transition services, which will cause us to incur 
new costs.

•  Our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our 
separation from Barnes & Noble, including changes in our cost structure, personnel needs, tax structure, financing and 
business operations. As part of Barnes & Noble, we enjoyed certain benefits from Barnes & Noble’s operating diversity, 
size, purchasing power, borrowing leverage and available capital for investments, and we lost these benefits after the Spin-
Off. As an independent entity, we may be unable to purchase goods, services and technologies, such as insurance and health 
care benefits and computer software licenses or access capital markets on terms as favorable to us as those we obtained as 
part of Barnes & Noble prior to the Spin-Off.

Following the Spin-Off, we are now also responsible for the additional costs associated with being an independent publicly-
traded company, including costs related to corporate governance, investor and public relations and public reporting. In addition, 
certain  costs  incurred  by  Barnes &  Noble,  including  executive  oversight,  accounting,  treasury,  tax,  legal,  human  resources, 
procurement, information technology and other shared services, had historically been allocated to us by Barnes & Noble; but these 
allocations may not reflect the future level of these costs to us as we provide these services ourselves. Therefore, our historical 
financial statements (prior to the Spin-Off) may not be indicative of our future performance as an independent publicly-traded 
company. We cannot assure you that our operating results will continue at a similar level when we are an independent publicly-
traded company. For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of presentation of our financial 
statements, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and Part II - Item 7. Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Form 10-K.

We may not be able to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed on acceptable terms.

From time to time, we may need to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Although we 
believe our current sources of capital will permit us to finance our operations for the foreseeable future on acceptable terms and 
conditions, we have not previously accessed the capital markets as an independent public company, and our access to, and the 
availability of, financing on acceptable terms and conditions in the future will be impacted by many factors, including our financial 
performance, our credit ratings or absence thereof, the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the state of the economy. We 
cannot assure you that we will have access to the capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed or on terms acceptable 
to us.

We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we received in our agreements 
with Barnes & Noble.

We entered into agreements with Barnes & Noble related to our separation from Barnes & Noble, including the Separation 
Agreement, Transition Services Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, the Trademark License Agreement and Employee Matters 
Agreement, while we were still part of Barnes & Noble. Accordingly, these agreements may not reflect terms that would have 
resulted from arms-length negotiations between unaffiliated parties. The terms of the agreements relate to, among other things, 
allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations between Barnes & Noble and us. We may have 
received better terms from third parties than we received from Barnes & Noble because third parties would have competed with 
each other to win our business, but we are now bound by the terms of the agreements we entered into with Barnes & Noble. See 
“Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in our Prospectus dated July 15, 2015 and filed with SEC on that date for 
more information. 

22

Risks Relating to our Common Stock and the Securities Market

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

We cannot predict the prices at which our Common Stock may trade. The market price of our Common Stock may fluctuate 

widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including: 

•  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our businesses;

•  success or failure of our business strategies, including our digital education initiative;

•  our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industries;

•  our ability to obtain financing as needed;

•  announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;
•  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

•  the failure of securities analysts to cover our Common Stock;

•  changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

•  the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

•  investor perception of our Company and the college bookstore industry;
•  overall market fluctuations;

•  results from any material litigation or government investigation;

•  changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business;

•  changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and
•  general economic conditions and other external factors.

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular 

company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock.

The concentration of our Common Stock ownership may limit our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and may 
involve other risks.

A portion of our Common Stock is controlled by a few stockholders. This control may limit the ability of the Company’s 
other stockholders to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions with which our other stockholders do not 
agree.

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, any return on your investment in our 
Common Stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of our Common Stock.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, 
if any, for reinvestment in our business. Also, our credit agreements may restrict our ability to pay dividends. Whether we pay 
cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of 
operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors our Board deems relevant. Therefore, any return on your 
investment in our Common Stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of our Common Stock. For 
more information, see Part II - Item 5. Market for Registrants - Dividends.

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards that we expect to grant to 
our directors, officers and other employees. We have an incentive plan that provides for the grant of Common Stock-based equity 
awards to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of the consideration paid for 
acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance our ongoing operations.

Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and of Delaware 
law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could affect the trading price of our Common Stock.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws contain provisions which, 
together with applicable Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders consider 
favorable, including provisions that: 

•  divide our Board into three staggered classes of directors that are each elected to three-year terms;
•  prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

23

•  authorize  the  issuance  of  “blank  check”  preferred  stock  that  could  be  issued  by  our  Board  to  increase  the  number  of 

outstanding shares of capital stock, making a takeover more difficult and expensive;

•  provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of a majority of our Board or 

the chairman of our Board; and

•  require advance notice to be given by stockholders for any stockholder proposals or director nominations.

In addition, Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may affect the ability of an 
“interested  stockholder”  to  engage  in  certain  business  combinations,  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  the  time  that  the 
stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder”.

These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition 
or  change  in  control  of  the  Company,  including  unsolicited  takeover  attempts,  even  though  the  transaction  may  offer  our 
stockholders the opportunity to sell their Common Stock at a price above the prevailing market price. See “Description of Our 
Capital Stock—Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and 
Restated By-laws” in our Prospectus dated July 15, 2015 and filed with SEC on that date for more information. 

Our Amended and Restated By-laws designate courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types 
of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a 
favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Amended and Restated By-laws provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the state and federal courts of the State of 
Delaware are the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting 
a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any 
action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 
or our Amended and Restated By-laws or (d) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to 
have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. This provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a 
judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such 
lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees.

Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our Amended and Restated By-laws inapplicable to, or unenforceable 
in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving 
such matters in other jurisdictions.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

Facilities

We lease approximately 81,000 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Basking Ridge, New Jersey, pursuant 
to a lease that expires in October 2023. We also lease approximately 12,000, 5,000 and 6,000 square feet of office space primarily 
for our digital operations in New York, New York, Dallas, Texas, and Mumbai, India pursuant to leases that expire in 2020, 2017 
and 2017, respectively. 

Our contracts with colleges and universities are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, 
and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 to120 days' notice. The contracts for the 751 stores as of 
April 30, 2016 expire as follows: 

Contract Terms to Expire
During (12 months ending
on or about April 30)

Number of Stores

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 and later . . . . . . .

49

42

33
76
61
490

24

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course 
of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, benefits, personal injuries 
and other matters. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of 
loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on our current knowledge, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that the 
final outcome of any pending or threatened legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries are a party, either individually 
or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our future financial results. However, legal matters are inherently 
unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. As such, there can be no assurance 
that the final outcome of these matters will not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows. 

The litigation matter described below is the only material legal proceeding in which we are currently involved. Under the 
Separation Agreement, Barnes & Noble, Inc. is obligated to indemnify us against any expenses and liabilities incurred in connection 
with the matter; consequently, we do not expect an adverse outcome to this litigation to adversely impact our financial condition, 
results of operations or cash flows. 

Adrea LLC v. Barnes & Noble, Inc., NOOK Digital, LLC (formerly barnesandnoble.com llc) and B&N Education, LLC 
(formerly Nook Media LLC): 

On June 14, 2013, Adrea LLC (“Adrea”) filed a complaint against Barnes & Noble, Inc., NOOK Digital, LLC (formerly 
barnesandnoble.com llc) and B&N Education, LLC (formerly NOOK Media LLC) (collectively, “B&N”) in the United States 
District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that various B&N NOOK products and related online services infringe 
U.S. Patent Nos. 7,298,851 (the “’851 patent”), 7,299,501 (the “’501 patent”) and 7,620,703 (the “’703 patent”). B&N filed its 
Answer  on August  9,  2013,  denying  infringement  and  asserting  several  affirmative  defenses. At  the  same  time,  B&N  filed 
counterclaims  seeking  declaratory  judgments  of  non-infringement  and  invalidity  with  respect  to  each  of  the  patents-in-suit. 
Discovery was commenced and completed and summary judgment motions were filed. On July 1, 2014, the Court issued a decision 
granting partial summary judgment in B&N’s favor, and in particular granting B&N’s motion to dismiss one of Adrea’s infringement 
claims, and granting B&N’s motion to limit any damages award with respect to another of Adrea’s infringement claims. Beginning 
October 7, 2014, through and including October 22, 2014, the case was tried before a jury in the Southern District of New York. 
The jury returned its verdict on October 27, 2014. The jury found no infringement with respect to the ‘851 patent, and infringement 
with respect to the ‘501 patent and ‘703 patent. It awarded damages in the amount of $1.3 million. The jury further found no willful 
infringement with respect to any patent. 

On July 24, 2015, the Court granted B&N’s post trial application to invalidate one of the two patents (the ‘501 patent) the 
jury found to have been infringed. The Court heard oral argument on September 28, 2015 on the post-trial motions on the jury’s 
infringement and validity determinations. On February 24, 2016, the Court issued a decision upholding the jury’s determination 
of infringement and validity with respect to the ‘703 patent and ordered a new trial on damages with respect to ‘703 patent since 
the original damages award was a total award for both the ‘501 patent and the ‘703 patent. The court commenced a trial on June 
23, 2016 to determine the damage award related to the '703 patent. The trial continued the following day but was not completed. 
The trial will be continued sometime this summer; however, a date has not yet been determined. 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

25

PART II

Item 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

On  February 26,  2015,  Barnes &  Noble,  Inc.  (“Barnes &  Noble”)  announced  plans  for  the  complete  legal  and  structural 
separation of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”, "us", "we") from Barnes & Noble (the “Spin-Off”). Under the 
Separation and Distribution Agreement between Barnes & Noble and the Company (the “Separation and Distribution Agreement”), 
Barnes & Noble planned to distribute all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our Common 
Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis. 

On July 14, 2015, Barnes & Noble approved the final distribution ratio and declared a pro rata dividend of the outstanding 
shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), to Barnes & Noble’s existing stockholders. The pro 
rata dividend was made on August 2, 2015 to the Barnes & Noble stockholders of record (as of July 27, 2015). Each Barnes & 
Noble stockholder of record received a distribution of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for each share of Barnes & Noble 
common stock held on the record date. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble does not own any equity interest in us. 

On August 2,  2015,  we  completed  the  legal  separation  from  Barnes &  Noble,  at  which  time  we  began  to  operate  as  an 
independent  publicly-traded  company.  Following  the  Spin-Off  on  August 2,  2015,  our  authorized  capital  stock  consisted 
of 200,000,000 shares of common stock,  par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per 
share. Our Common Stock began to trade on a “when-issued” basis on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol 
“BNED WI” beginning on July 23, 2015. On August 3, 2015, when-issued trading of our Common Stock ended, and our Common 
Stock began “regular-way” trading under the symbol “BNED.”

As of April 30, 2016, 46,755,561 shares of our Common Stock and 0 shares of our preferred stock were outstanding. During 
the second quarter, 2,409,345 shares of Common Stock were reserved for future grants, in accordance with the Barnes & Noble 
Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.  See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Information - Note 13. Stock-Based 
Compensation.

The following table sets forth the high and low stock prices of our common stock for the quarterly periods indicated since 

August 3, 3015:

Second Quarter. . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . .

Fiscal 2016

High

$ 15.34
$ 15.49

$ 11.93

Low

$ 11.75
8.15
$

$

8.71

On June 17, 2016, there were approximately 845 holders of record of our common stock and the closing price of our common 

stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $9.72 per share. 

Dividends

We have not, and we do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain 
future earnings, if any, for reinvestment in our business. Any credit agreements which we may enter into, including the Credit 
Facility entered into on August 3, 2016, may restrict our ability to pay dividends. The payment of dividends in the future will be 
subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend, among other things, on our financial condition, results of 
operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50 million, in the aggregate, 
of our outstanding Common Stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which includes 
a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, 
or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. 
During Fiscal 2016, we repurchased 1,715,269 shares for approximately $16.6 million at a weighted average cost per share of 
$9.95.  

During the year ended April 30, 2016, we also repurchased 174,511 shares of our Common Stock in connection with employee 

tax withholding obligations for vested stock awards.

26

The following table provides information as of April 30, 2016 with respect to shares of common stock we purchased during 

the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016:

Period
January 31, 2016 - February 27, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .

February 28, 2016 - April 2, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
April 3, 2016 - April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

Average Price Paid
per Share (a)

177,620

302,021

385,786
865,427

$

$

$
$

10.34

10.14

9.54
10.01

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

177,620

302,021

385,786
865,427

Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

$

$

$

40,068,343

37,065,337

33,387,825

(a)   This amount represents the weighted average price paid per common share. This price includes a per share commission 

paid for all repurchases.

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management's Discussion and 

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales:

Fiscal Year (a)

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Product sales and other (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental income (c). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,579,617
228,412
1,808,029

$

1,544,975
228,023
1,772,998

$ 1,536,180
211,742
1,747,922

$ 1,631,454
131,793
1,763,247

$ 1,647,014
96,161
1,743,175

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . .

Rental cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss (non-cash) (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring costs (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earnings before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earnings per common share (e):

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average common shares (thousands)(e):

$

$
$

1,224,955
129,725
1,354,680
453,349
375,219
52,690
11,987
8,830
4,623
1,872
2,751
2,667
84

$

— $
— $

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,238
46,479

1,198,300
131,125
1,329,425
443,573
359,504
50,509
—
—
33,560
210
33,350
14,218
19,132

0.33
0.33

38,452
38,493

1,180,727
130,430
1,311,157
436,765
330,426
48,014
—
—
58,325
385
57,940
22,834
35,106

0.88
0.88

37,270
37,275

$

$
$

1,270,381
88,250
1,358,631
404,616
302,902
46,849
—
—
54,865
4,871
49,994
19,820
30,174

0.78
0.78

36,812
36,812

$

$
$

1,284,691
64,046
1,348,737
394,438
283,215
45,343
—
—
65,880
5,684
60,196
23,771
36,425

0.99
0.99

36,237
36,237

$

$
$

27

 
Fiscal Year (a)

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (f) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) (f) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comparable store sales (decrease) increase (g) . . . .
Number of stores at period end. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BALANCE SHEET DATA
 (at period end):

$

$

$

80,528

15,462

50,790

(1.9)%

751

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,071,683

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt (h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred membership interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parent company equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

$

363,297

— $

— $

$

$

$

$

$

84,069

19,132

48,452

$

$

$

106,339

35,106

38,253

$

$

$

101,714

30,174

38,760

0.1%

724

(2.7)%

700

(1.2)%

686

1,090,668

$ 1,109,919

$ 1,006,237

363,999

$

360,282

$

358,208

$

$

$

$

$

— $

— $

— $

111,223

36,425

40,479

(0.3)%

647

954,067

336,295

—

—

617,772

— $

383,397

— $

726,669

$

366,240

$

$

381,627

266,402

$

$

708,386

$

— $

— $

— $

—

(a)  Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2016” means 
the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, “Fiscal 2015” means the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, “Fiscal 2014” means the 53 weeks 
ended May 3, 2014, “Fiscal 2013” means the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2013, and “Fiscal 2012” means the 52 weeks ended 
April 28, 2012.

(b)  Product sales and other revenue include sales of new and used physical and digital textbooks, emblematic apparel and gifts, 
trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items, graduation products and other.

(c)  Rental income includes the rental of physical and digital textbooks.

(d)  In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $12.0 million related to all of the capitalized content costs for the Yuzu® eTextbook platform ($9 
million), and recorded a non-recurring other than temporary loss related to an investment held at cost ($3 million).  Additionally, 
we announced a reduction in staff and closure of the facilities in Mountain View, California, and Redmond, Washington that 
support the Yuzu® eTextbook platform. The cost of severance, retention, and other restructuring costs (i.e. facility exit costs) 
of $8.8 million in fiscal 2016. We expect the restructuring to be completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

(e)  For periods prior to the Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. on August 2, 2015, basic earnings per share and weighted-average 
basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble, Inc. common stock outstanding as of the end 
of the period, adjusted for the distribution ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble, 
Inc. common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off. Additionally, for period prior to the Spin-Off, diluted earnings 
per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential common shares from Barnes & Noble, Inc. equity 
plans in which our employees participated. Certain of our employees held restricted stock units and stock options granted by 
Barnes & Noble, Inc. which were considered participating securities. 

(f)  To supplement our results prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use the measure of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings, 
which are non-GAAP financial measures as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). See Item 7. 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) 
and  - Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP).

(g)  Comparable store sales increase (decrease) is calculated on a 52-week basis, including sales from stores that have been open 
for at least 15 months and does not include sales from closed stores for all periods presented. In Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 
2014, as we developed our textbook rental business, comparable store sales reflected the retail selling price of a new or used 
textbook when rented, rather than solely the rental fees received, to provide a more representative comparable store sales 
figure. Beginning with the 26 weeks ended November 1, 2014, as a result of the significant expansion of the textbook rental 
business as compared to prior periods, our comparable store sales are determined based upon the actual revenue received 
from textbook rentals and are no longer adjusted to reflect the equivalent textbook retail selling price.

(h)  Prior to or at the time of the Spin-Off, we were party to an amended and restated credit facility with Barnes & Noble, Inc.  
All outstanding debt under this Credit Facility was recorded on Barnes & Noble, Inc.’s balance sheet. On August 3, 2015, we 
entered into a credit agreement under which the lenders committed to provide us with a five-year asset-backed revolving 
credit facility in an aggregate committed principal amount of $400 million.  As of April 30, 2016, we had no borrowings 
outstanding under our Credit Facility.

28

 
Item 7.   MANAGMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS

Unless  the  context  otherwise  indicates,  references  to  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and  “the  Company”  refer  to  Barnes &  Noble 
Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & Noble” refer to Barnes & Noble, Inc., a Delaware corporation, 
and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries) unless the context 
otherwise  requires.  References  to  “Barnes &  Noble  College”  refer  to  our  college  bookstore  business  operated  through  our 
subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. 

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2016” means 
the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, “Fiscal 2015” means the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, and “Fiscal 2014” means the 53 weeks 
ended May 3, 2014.

Overview 

Description of business

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., one of the largest contract operators of bookstores on college and university campuses across 
the United States and a leading provider of digital education services, enhances the academic and social purpose of educational 
institutions. As a strategic partner, we are committed to offering a complete support system and an unmatched retail and digital 
learning experience to foster student success in higher education. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Barnes & Noble College, 
we operate 751 campus bookstores and the school-branded e-commerce sites for each store, serving more than 5 million college 
students and their faculty nationwide. On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc., at which 
time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded company. 

Overall educational spending in the United States continues to increase dramatically, and as tuition and other costs rise, colleges 
and universities face pressure to attract and retain students and provide them with innovative, affordable educational content and 
tools that support their educational development.  While traditional print textbooks remain the first choice of students, demand 
for alternative forms of educational materials is growing.  

We  offer  a  comprehensive  set  of  products  and  services  to  help  students,  faculty  and  administrators  achieve  their  shared 
educational and social goals on college and university campuses across the United States.  As one of the largest contract operators 
of bookstores and a provider of digital education services, we operate as a focal point for college life and learning, advancing the 
educational mission of our institution partners, enlivening campus culture and delivering an important revenue stream to our partner 
schools. 

For over 5 million students and their faculty, our campus stores are a social and academic hub through which students can 
access affordable course materials and affinity products, including new and used print and digital textbooks, which are available 
for sale or rent; emblematic apparel and gifts; trade books; computer products; school and dorm supplies; café; convenience food 
and beverages; and graduation products. Through multi-year management service agreements with our schools, we typically have 
the exclusive right to operate the official school bookstore on college campuses.  In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store 
sales and, in some cases, a minimum fixed guarantee.  We create seamless retail experiences for our customers, both in our dynamic 
physical stores and on our official school-branded e-commerce sites for each school. 

As of April 30, 2016, we operated 751 stores nationwide, which reached 26% of the total number of students enrolled at 
colleges and universities in the United States. Our stores are operated under 472 contracts, some of which cover multiple store 
locations, and 165 of our college and university affiliated bookstores are co-branded with the Barnes & Noble name.  

Fiscal 2016 was an excellent year for new store signings, and we have a strong pipeline of new business opportunities.  During 
the 2016 fiscal year, we opened 39 stores with estimated first year annual sales of $64 million. In addition, as of June 17, 2016, 
we have signed additional contracts for 32 new stores with estimated first year annual sales of $109 million. We expect these new 
stores to open during our fiscal year 2017.

We are well positioned to benefit from the continuing trend towards outsourcing across the campus bookstore market given 
our  brand,  reputation with  institutions, students  and  faculty for  service  and our  full  suite  of  products and  services  including: 
bookstore management, textbook rental and digital delivery. 

For additional information related to our comprehensive learning solutions, customer and distribution network, and business 

conditions, see Part I - Item 1. Business.

29

Growth Drivers 

The primary factors that we expect will enable us to grow our business are as follows:

•  Increasing our Market Share with New Accounts.
•  Adapting our Merchandising Strategy and Product and Service Offerings.
•  Developing our Scalable and Leading Digital Product and Solution Set.
•  Expanding Strategic Opportunities through Acquisitions and Partnerships.

For additional information related to our Strategies, see Part I - Item 1. Business - Overview - Offering - Comprehensive 

Learning Solutions - Growth Drivers.

Segment

We have determined that we operate within a single reportable segment. We identified our single operating segment based on 
the way our business is managed (focusing on the financial information distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating 
decision maker allocates resources and assesses financial performance. 

Seasonality

Our business is highly seasonal, with the major portion of sales and operating profit realized during the second and third fiscal 
quarters, when college students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. We rent both physical and 
digital textbooks. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period commencing at 
point of sale. Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale. Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 
weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business 

Our business is dependent on the overall economic environment, college enrollment and consumer spending patterns. Our 
business is affected by funding levels at colleges and universities, by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, and 
spending on textbooks and general merchandise. The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new students and to 
increase the level of engagement by existing students. 

For a discussion of our trends and other factors affecting our business, see Part I - Item 1. Business - Overview - Offering - 

Comprehensive Learning Solutions - Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business.

Results of Operations

Elements of Results of Operations

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  our  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  in 

conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Our sales are primarily derived from the sale of course materials (which include new and used textbooks and digital textbooks), 
emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation 
products. Our rental income is primarily derived from the rental of physical and digital textbooks.

Our cost of sales primarily includes costs such as merchandise costs, textbook rental amortization and management service 

agreement costs, including rent expense, related to our college and university contracts and by other facility related expenses.

Our  selling  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  store  payroll  and  store  operating  expenses.  Selling  and 
administrative  expenses  also  include  stock-based  compensation  and  general  office  expenses,  such  as  executive  oversight, 
merchandising,  field  support,  finance,  human  resources,  benefits,  training,  legal,  and  information  technology,  as  well  as  our 
investments in our digital platform.

Stand-alone financial statements (Prior to the Spin-Off)

The results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 (periods presented prior to the 
Spin-Off), (collectively referred to as the "stand-alone periods") reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented 
on a stand-alone basis since we were still part of Barnes & Noble, Inc. Our consolidated financial statements were derived from 
the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Barnes & Noble.  Our consolidated financial statements include 
certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at the Barnes & Noble corporate level but are specifically identifiable 
or otherwise attributable to us.  For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements - Note 10. Barnes & Noble, 
Inc. Transactions.

30

 
Consolidated financial statements (Subsequent to the Spin-Off)

The Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. occurred on August 2, 2015 and therefore, the results of operations are presented 
on a consolidated basis for the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. second, third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2016) which includes 
direct costs incurred with Barnes & Noble under various agreements. Certain corporate and shared service functions historically 
provided by Barnes & Noble  (as described above) will continue to be provided by Barnes & Noble under the Transition Services 
Agreement. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements - Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

Results of Operations - Summary

Dollars in thousands
Sales:

2016

Fiscal Year (a)
2015

2014

Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,579,617
228,412

$ 1,544,975
228,023

$ 1,536,180
211,742

Total sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,808,029

$ 1,772,998

$ 1,747,922

Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (b). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

84

80,528

15,462

$

$

$

19,132

84,069

19,132

$

$

$

35,106

106,339

35,106

Comparable store sales (decrease) increase (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stores opened. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stores closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of stores open at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1.9)%

0.1%

(2.7)%

39

12

751

48

24

724

30

16

700

(a)  Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2016” means 
the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, “Fiscal 2015” means the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 and “Fiscal 2014” means the 53 
weeks ended May 3, 2014.

(b)  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) discussion below.

(c)  Adjusted Earnings is a non-GAAP financial measure. See Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) discussion below.

(d)  Comparable store sales increase (decrease) is calculated on a 52-week basis, including sales from stores that have been open 
for at least 15 months and does not include sales from closed stores for all periods presented.  In Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 
2014, as we developed our textbook rental business, comparable store sales reflected the retail selling price of a new or used 
textbook when rented, rather than solely the rental fees received, to provide a more representative comparable store sales 
figure. Beginning with the 26 weeks ended November 1, 2014, as a result of the significant expansion of the textbook rental 
business as compared to prior periods, our comparable store sales are determined based upon the actual revenue received 
from textbook rentals, and are no longer adjusted to reflect the equivalent textbook retail selling price.

31

 
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage relationship that certain items bear to total sales of 

the Company: 

Sales:

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

87.4%

12.6

100.0

87.1%

12.9%

100.0

87.9%

12.1

100.0

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of sales (a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental cost of sales (a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairment loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restructuring costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest expense, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

77.5
56.8

74.9

25.1

20.8

2.9
0.7

0.5

0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1

77.6
57.5

75.0

25.0

20.3

2.8
—

—

1.9
—
1.9
0.8

76.9
61.6

75.0

25.0

18.9

2.7
—

—

3.3
—
3.3
1.3

—%

1.1%

2.0%

(a)  Represents the percentage these costs bear to the related sales, instead of total sales.

Results of Operations - 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared with the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015

Sales

The following table summarizes our sales for the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015:

Dollars in thousands
Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016
1,579,617
228,412
1,808,029

$

$

May 2,
 2015
1,544,975
228,023
1,772,998

Our sales increased $35.0 million, or 2.0%, to $1,808.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 from $1,773.0 
million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. New store openings over the past year increased sales by $77.2 million, partially 
offset by closed stores, which decreased sales by $9.4 million. 

 Comparable store sales decreased 1.9%, or $31.7 million, for the comparable 52 week sales period. Comparable store sales 
were negatively impacted by student enrollment, specifically in two-year community colleges. Textbook revenue decreased $43.9 
million, primarily due to lower new and used textbook sales. This decrease was partially offset by a $13.3 million, or 2.6%, increase 
in general merchandise sales, primarily due to higher emblematic apparel, gift and graduation product sales, which were partially 
offset by lower technology product sales.

We added 39 new stores and closed 12 stores during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, ending the period with a total of 751 

stores.

32

 
 
Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

The following table summarizes our cost of sales for the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015: 

Dollars in thousands
Product and other cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Cost of Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016
1,224,955
129,725
1,354,680

% of
Related Sales
77.5%
56.8%
74.9%

May 2,
 2015
1,198,300
131,125
1,329,425

$

$

% of
Related Sales
77.6%
57.5%
75.0%

The following table summarizes our gross margin for the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015:

Dollars in thousands
Product and other gross margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental gross margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016

% of
Related Sales

May 2,
 2015

% of
Related Sales

$

$

354,662

98,687

453,349

22.5%

43.2%

25.1%

$

$

346,675

96,898

443,573

22.4%

42.5%

25.0%

Our cost of sales decreased as a percentage of sales to 74.9% during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to 75.0% 

during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. The decrease was due to the matters discussed below. 

Our gross margin increased $9.8 million, or 2.2%, to $453.3 million, or 25.1% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 
2016 from $443.6 million, or 25.0% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. Gross margin as a percentage of sales 
increased due to margin improvements and a favorable sales mix, partially offset by higher costs related to our college and university 
contracts resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts as discussed below:

•  Product and other gross margin increased (10 basis points), driven primarily by margin improvements (20 basis points), 
predominately as a result of improved inventory management strategies for textbooks, and a favorable sales mix (20 basis 
points) resulting from an increase in higher margin general merchandise as a percentage of sales, partially offset by increased 
costs related to our college and university contracts (30 basis points) resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts.

•  Rental gross margin increased (70 basis points), driven primarily by margin improvements (150 basis points) and a favorable 
rental mix (10 basis points), partially offset by increased costs related to our college and university contracts (90 basis 
points) resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Dollars in thousands
Total Selling and Administrative Expenses. . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016

$

375,219

% of
Sales
20.8%

May 2,
 2015

$

359,504

% of
Sales
20.3%

During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, selling and administrative expenses increased $15.7 million, or 4.4%, to $375.2 
million from $359.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. The increase was due primarily to an $8.8 million increase 
in new store payroll and operating expenses (net of closed stores) as a result of a $67.8 million increase in new store sales (net of 
closed stores). Also contributing to the increase was a $5.0 million increase in corporate payroll and infrastructure costs to support 
business growth including incremental costs associated with our separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc., a $2.1 million increase in 
comparable store payroll and operating expenses (including a $1.9 million increase in employee benefit costs primarily due to 
higher medical claims costs), and $2.4 million of transaction costs incurred for business development and acquisitions. These 
increases were partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in digital expenses related to Yuzu® and LoudCloud.  See Impairment 
Loss (Non-cash) and Restructuring Costs discussion below.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Dollars in thousands
Total Depreciation and Amortization Expense . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016

$

52,690

% of
Sales
2.9%

May 2,
 2015

$

50,509

% of
Sales
2.8%

33

 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.2 million, or 4.3%, to $52.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 
2016 from $50.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. This increase was primarily attributable to additional capital 
expenditures.

Impairment Loss (non-cash) and Restructuring Costs

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $12.0 million related to all of the capitalized content costs for the Yuzu® eTextbook platform ($9 
million), and recorded a non-recurring other than temporary loss related to an investment held at cost ($3 million).  

Additionally, we announced a reduction in staff and closure of the facilities in Mountain View, California, and Redmond, 
Washington that support the Yuzu® eTextbook platform. The cost of severance, retention, and other restructuring costs (i.e. facility 
exit costs) is $8.8 million in fiscal 2016. We expect the restructuring to be completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

Operating Income

Dollars in thousands
Total Operating Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016

4,623

% of
Sales
0.2%

May 2,
 2015

$

33,560

% of
Sales
1.9%

Our operating income was $4.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 compared to $33.6 million during the 52 
weeks ended May 2, 2015. This decrease was due to the matters discussed above. Excluding the impairment loss of $12.0 million,  
restructuring costs of $8.8 million, and transaction costs (included in selling and administrative expenses) of $2.4 million, we 
reported operating income of $27.8 million (or 1.5% of sales) during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, compared with operating 
income of $33.6 million (1.9% of sales) during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015.

Interest Expense, Net

Dollars in thousands
Interest Expense, Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

April 30, 2016

May 2, 2015

1,872

$

210

52 weeks ended

Net interest expense increased $1.7 million to $1.9 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 from $0.2 million during 
the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 primarily due to increased borrowings under the Credit Facility entered into during fiscal 2016.

Income Tax Expense

Dollars in thousands
Income Tax Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016

2,667

Effective Rate
96.9%

May 2,
 2015

$

14,218

Effective Rate
42.6%

We recorded an income tax expense of $2.7 million on pre-tax income of $2.8 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 
2016, which represented an effective income tax rate of 96.9% and an income tax expense of $14.2 million on pre-tax income of 
$33.4 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, which represented an effective income tax rate of 42.6%.

The income tax provision for the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 reflects the impact of nondeductible expenses, including 

certain restructuring costs, partially offset by beneficial rate changes and income tax credits.

Net Income 

Dollars in thousands
Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended

April 30, 2016

May 2, 2015

84

$

19,132

As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported net income of $0.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, 
compared with net income of $19.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) is $15.5 
million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, compared with $19.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015.  See 
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) discussion below.

34

 
Results of Operations - 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared with the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014

Sales

The following table summarizes our sales for the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 and the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014:

Dollars in thousands
Product sales and other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

52 weeks ended
May 2,
2015

53 weeks ended
May 3,
2014

1,544,975
228,023
1,772,998

$

$

1,536,180
211,742
1,747,922

Our sales increased $25.1 million, or 1.4%, to $1,773.0 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $1,748.0 million 
during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. The inclusion of the 53rd week in the prior year contributed $14.6 million of additional 
sales in Fiscal 2014. Excluding the 53rd week, sales increased $39.7 million, or 2.3%, for the year. New store openings over the 
past year increased sales by $71.0 million, partially offset by closed stores, which decreased sales by $22.9 million.

Comparable store sales increased 0.1% for the comparable sales period with a decrease in comparable store sales dollars by 
$13.9 million, impacted by the 53rd week. General merchandise sales increased $22.2 million, or 4.7%, primarily due to strong 
emblematic apparel sales, partially offset by $17.9 million in decreased textbook sales as students continued to shift to lower priced 
rentals. General merchandise sales have continued to increase as our product assortments continue to emphasize and reflect the 
changing consumer trends and we evolve our presentation concepts and merchandising of product in stores and online.

We added 48 new stores and closed 24 stores during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, ending the period with a total of 724 

stores.

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

The following table summarizes our cost of sales for the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 and 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014:

Dollars in thousands
Product and other cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Cost of Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

52 weeks ended

53 weeks ended

May 2,
2015
1,198,300
131,125
1,329,425

% of
Related Sales
77.6%
57.5%
75.0%

May 3,
2014
1,180,727
130,430
1,311,157

$

$

% of
Related Sales
76.9%
61.6%
75.0%

The following table summarizes our gross margin for the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 and 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014:

Dollars in thousands
Product and other gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

53 weeks ended

May 2,
2015

$

$

346,675

96,898
443,573

% of
Sales

22.4%

42.5%
25.0%

May 3,
2014

$

$

355,453

81,312
436,765

% of
Sales

23.1%

38.4%
25.0%

Our cost of sales as a percentage of sales remained flat at 75.0% during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared to the 53 

weeks ended May 3, 2014. This was due to the matters discussed below. 

Our gross margin increased $6.8 million, or 1.6%, to $443.6 million, or 25.0% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 
2015 from $436.8 million, or 25.0% of sales, during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. Gross margin as a percentage of sales was 
unchanged as higher costs related to our college and university contracts resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts 
and  comparison  to  prior  year’s  favorable  LIFO  adjustment  of  $7.7  million  were  offset  by  a  favorable  sales  mix  and  margin 
improvements as discussed below:

•  Product and other gross margin decreased (70 basis points), primarily driven by comparison to prior year’s favorable LIFO 
adjustment (50 basis points) and increased costs related to our college and university contracts (15 basis points) resulting 
from contract renewals and new store contracts. 

•  Rental gross margin increased (410 basis points), primarily driven by margin improvements (660 basis points) and a favorable 
rental mix (80 basis points), partially offset by increased costs related to our college and university contracts (330 basis 
points) resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts.

35

 
 
Selling and Administrative Expenses

Dollars in thousands
Total Selling and Administrative Expenses. . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

53 weeks ended

May 2,
2015

$

359,504

% of
Sales
20.3%

May 3,
2014

$

330,426

% of
Sales
18.9%

Selling and administrative expenses increased $29.1 million, or 8.8%, to $359.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 
2015 from $330.4 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. The increase was primarily due to a $12.8 million increase in 
corporate payroll and infrastructure costs to support business growth, an $8.1 million increase in comparable store payroll and 
operating expenses, a $6.2 million increase in new store payroll and operating expenses (net of closed stores) and a $3.0 million 
increase in Yuzu® expenses.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Dollars in thousands
Total Depreciation and Amortization Expense . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

53 weeks ended

May 2,
2015

$

50,509

% of
Sales
2.8%

May 3,
2014

$

48,014

% of
Sales
2.7%

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.5 million, or 5.2%, to $50.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 
2015 from $48.0 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to additional capital 
expenditures.

Operating Income

Dollars in thousands
Total Operating Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

53 weeks ended

May 2,
2015

$

33,560

% of
Sales
1.9%

May 3,
2014

$

58,325

% of
Sales
3.3%

Our operating income decreased $24.8 million, or 42.2%, to $33.6 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from 

$58.3 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. This decrease was due to the matters discussed above.

Interest Expense, Net

Dollars in thousands
Interest Expense, Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended
May 2,
2015

53 weeks ended
May 3,
2014

210

$

385

Net interest expense decreased $0.2 million, or 45.5%, to $0.2 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 from $0.4 million 

during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014.

Income Tax Expense

Dollars in thousands
Income Tax Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended

53 weeks ended

May 2,
2015

Effective
Rate

May 3,
2014

Effective
Rate

14,218

42.6% $

22,834

39.4%

We recorded an income tax provision of $14.2 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 compared with an income tax 
provision of $22.8 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. Our effective tax rate was 42.6% for the 52 weeks ended 
May 2, 2015 compared with an effective tax rate of 39.4% during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014.

Net Income

Dollars in thousands
Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended
May 2,
2015

53 weeks ended
May 3,
2014

19,132

$

35,106

As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported net income of $19.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, 

compared with net income of $35.1 million during the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014.

36

 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

To supplement our results prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use the measure of Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-
GAAP financial measure under Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regulations. We define Adjusted EBITDA as 
net income plus (1) depreciation and amortization; (2) interest expense and (3) income taxes, (4) as adjusted for additional items 
and subtracted from or added to net income.

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review our consolidated financial statements included 
elsewhere in this Form 10-K and the reconciliation from Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial 
measure presented in accordance with GAAP, set forth in the table below. All of the items included in the reconciliation from 
Adjusted EBITDA to net income are either (i) non-cash items or (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our 
on-going operating performance.

This non-GAAP financial measure is not intended as a substitute for and should not be considered superior to measures of 
financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our use of this non-GAAP financial measure may be 
different from an Adjusted EBITDA measure used by other companies, limiting its usefulness for comparison purposes. Adjusted 
EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of our performance or any other measures of 
performance derived in accordance with GAAP. As noted above, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should 
not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results reported under GAAP. The limitations of Adjusted 
EBITDA  include:  (i) it  does  not  reflect  our  cash  expenditures  or  future  requirements  for  capital  expenditures  or  contractual 
commitments; (ii) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (iii) it does not reflect income 
tax payments we may be required to make; and (iv) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being 
depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any requirements 
for such replacements.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a useful performance measure, and it is used by us to facilitate a comparison of our 
operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period and to provide for a more complete understanding of factors 
and trends affecting our business than measures under GAAP can provide alone. Our Board of Directors and management also 
use Adjusted EBITDA as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting overall expected performance and for evaluating 
on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations. We review this non-GAAP measure internally to evaluate 
our performance and manage our operations. We believe that the inclusion of Adjusted EBITDA results provides investors useful 
and important information regarding our operating results.

Dollars in thousands
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

$

84

$

19,132

$

35,106

Add:

Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss (non-cash) (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring costs (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaction costs (b). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52,690

1,872
2,667
11,987

8,830

2,398

50,509

210
14,218
—

—

—

48,014

385
22,834
—

—

—

$

80,528

$

84,069

$

106,339

(a)  See Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations discussion above.
(b)  Transaction costs are costs incurred for business development and acquisitions, and are included in selling and 

administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP)

To supplement our results prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use the measure of Adjusted Earnings, which is a non-
GAAP financial measure under SEC regulations. We define Adjusted Earnings as net income as adjusted for additional items and 
subtracted from or added to net income. 

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review our consolidated financial statements included 
elsewhere in this Form 10-K and the reconciliation from Adjusted Earnings to net income, the most directly comparable financial 
measure presented in accordance with GAAP, set forth in the table below. All of the items included in the reconciliation from 
Adjusted Earnings to net income are either (i) non-cash items or (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our 
on-going operating performance.

37

This non-GAAP financial measure is not intended as a substitute for and should not be considered superior to measures of 
financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our use of this non-GAAP financial measure may be 
different from an Adjusted Earnings measure used by other companies, limiting its usefulness for comparison purposes. Adjusted 
Earnings should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of our performance or any other measures of 
performance derived in accordance with GAAP. As noted above, Adjusted Earnings has limitations as an analytical tool and should 
not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results reported under GAAP. The limitations of Adjusted 
Earnings  include:  (i) it  does  not  reflect  our  cash  expenditures  or  future  requirements  for  capital  expenditures  or  contractual 
commitments; (ii) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and (iii) it does not reflect 
income tax payments we may be required to make.

We believe that Adjusted Earnings is a useful performance measure, and it is used by us to facilitate a comparison of our 
operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period and to provide for a more complete understanding of factors 
and trends affecting our business than measures under GAAP can provide alone. Our Board of Directors and management also 
use Adjusted Earnings as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting overall expected performance and for evaluating 
on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations. We review this non-GAAP measure internally to evaluate 
our performance and manage our operations. We believe that the inclusion of Adjusted Earnings results provides investors useful 
and important information regarding our operating results.

Dollars in thousands
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reconciling items, after-tax (below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reconciling items, pre-tax

Impairment loss (non-cash) (a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring costs (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaction costs (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reconciling items, pre-tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Pro forma income tax impact (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reconciling items, after-tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

$

$

$

$

84
15,378

15,462

11,987
8,830

2,398

23,215

7,837
15,378

$

$

$

$

19,132
—

19,132

$

$

35,106
—

35,106

— $
—

—

—

—
— $

—
—

—

—

—
—

(a)  See Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations discussion above.
(b)  Transaction costs are costs incurred for business development and acquisitions, and are included in selling and 

administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

(c)  Represents the projected reduction in income tax expense based on our current combined federal and state aggregate 

income tax rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of cash are net cash flows from operating activities, funds available under a credit facility and short-

term vendor financing. 

Prior to the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, we were party to the Credit Facility held by Barnes & Noble, Inc. ("B&N Credit 
Facility"). The B&N Credit Facility provided for up to $1 billion in aggregate commitments under a five-year asset-backed revolving 
credit facility expiring on April 29, 2016. The B&N Credit Facility was secured by eligible inventory and accounts receivable 
with the ability to include eligible real estate and related assets. We were a borrower and co-guarantor of all amounts owing under 
the B&N Credit Facility. All outstanding debt under the B&N Credit Facility was recorded on Barnes & Noble’s balance sheet 
prior to the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015.

On August 3, 2015, in connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into a new five-year $400 million asset-backed revolving 
credit facility (the “BNED Credit Facility”), the proceeds of which will be used for general corporate purposes, including seasonal 
working capital needs. See Financing Arrangements discussion below. As of April 30, 2016, we had no outstanding borrowings 
under the BNED Credit Facility. 

As of April 30, 2016, Other long-term liabilities includes $69.3 million related to the long-term tax payable associated with 
the LIFO reserve. Management believes it is remote that the long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO reserve will be payable 
or will result in a cash tax payment in the foreseeable future, assuming that LIFO will continue to be an acceptable inventory 
method for tax purposes.

38

Share Repurchases 

On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50 million, in the aggregate, 
of our outstanding Common Stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which includes 
a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, 
or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. 
During Fiscal 2016, we repurchased 1,715,269 shares for approximately $16.6 million at a weighted average cost per share of 
$9.95.  As of April 30, 2016, approximately $33.4 million remains available under the stock repurchase program.

During Fiscal 2016, we also repurchased 174,511 shares of our Common Stock in connection with employee tax withholding 

obligations for vested stock awards.

Sources and Uses of Cash Flow

Dollars in thousands

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

44,816

$

132,117

$

54,697

Net cash flows provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

82,781

17,725

50,736

Net cash flows used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(70,740)

(58,185)

(37,445)

Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(28,289)

(46,841)

64,129

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

28,568

$

44,816

$

132,117

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Our business is highly seasonal. Cash flows from operating activities are typically a source of cash in the second and third 
fiscal quarters, when students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. Cash flows from operating 
activities are typically a use of cash in the first and fourth fiscal quarters, when sales volumes are materially lower than the other 
quarters. Our quarterly cash flows also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various school’s semesters, as 
well as shifts in fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our results across periods.

Cash flows provided by operating activities during Fiscal 2016 were $82.8 million compared to $17.7 million during Fiscal 
2015. This net change of $65.1 million was primarily due changes in working capital, including receipts of a $38.2 million receivable 
from Barnes & Noble, Inc., which was paid at the time of the Spin-Off, and changes in deferred taxes.

Cash flows provided by operating activities during Fiscal 2015 were $17.7 million compared to $50.7 million during Fiscal 
2014. This decrease of $33.0 million was primarily due to a $38.2 million receivable from Barnes & Noble, Inc. which was paid 
at the time of the Spin-Off.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist principally of capital expenditures for contractual capital investments associated with renewing 

existing contracts, new store construction, digital initiatives and enhancements to internal systems and our website.

Cash flows used in investing activities during Fiscal 2016 were $(70.7) million compared to $(58.2) million during Fiscal 
2015. The  increase  is  primarily  due  to  the  acquisition  of  LoudCloud  Systems,  Inc.  for  $17.9  million  in  Fiscal  2016.  Capital 
expenditures totaled $50.8 million and $48.5 million during Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2015, respectively.

Cash flows used in investing activities during Fiscal 2015 were $(58.2) million compared to $(37.4) million during Fiscal 

2014. Capital expenditures totaled $48.5 million and $38.3 million during Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities during Fiscal 2016 decreased by $18.6 million compared to Fiscal 2015 primarily due 
to the acquisition of Preferred Membership Interests of $76.2 million in the prior year, offset by the net change in the Barnes & 
Noble, Inc. investment of $35.8 million, and increased payments for common stock repurchased of $18.6 million and deferred 
financing costs of $3.3 million.

Cash flows used in financing activities during Fiscal 2015 were $(46.8) million compared to inflows of $64.1 million during 
Fiscal 2014. During Fiscal 2015, we acquired the preferred membership interests from Microsoft and Pearson, resulting in a $76.2 
million payment. The receipts in Fiscal 2014 represent net transfers from Barnes & Noble, including NOOK Media partnership 
activities.

39

Financing Arrangements

Until August 3, 2015, we were party to the B&N Credit Facility. All outstanding debt under the B&N Credit Facility was 

recorded on Barnes & Noble’s balance sheet prior to the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015.

On August 3, 2015, we, and certain of our subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, entered into the Credit Agreement 
with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders from time to time 
party thereto, under which the lenders committed to provide us with a five-year asset-backed revolving credit facility in an aggregate 
committed principal amount of $400 million under the BNED Credit Facility. Proceeds from the Credit Facility are used for general 
corporate purposes, including seasonal working capital needs. Bank of America Merrill Lynch, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells 
Fargo Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. are the joint lead arrangers for the BNED Credit Facility.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Loan Parties”) will be permitted to borrow under the BNED 
Credit Facility. The BNED Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the inventory, accounts receivable and related assets 
of the borrowers under the BNED Credit Facility, but excluding the equity interests in the Company and its subsidiaries, intellectual 
property, equipment and certain other property. The Company has the option to request an increase in commitments under the 
BNED Credit Facility of up to $100 million, subject to certain restrictions.

As of April 30, 2016, we had no outstanding borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility. During Fiscal 2016, we borrowed 
and repaid $60.6 million under the BNED Credit Facility. As of April 30, 2016, we have issued $3.6 million in letters of credit 
under the facility.

During Fiscal 2016, we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $3.3 million related to the BNED Credit Facility. The debt 
issuance costs have been deferred and are presented as an asset which is subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the credit 
agreement.

Interest under the BNED Credit Facility accrues, at the election of the Company, at a LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus, in 
each case, an applicable interest rate margin, which is determined by reference to the level of excess availability under the BNED 
Credit Facility. Loans will initially bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum, in the case of LIBOR borrowings, or at the 
alternate base rate plus 1.000% per annum, in the alternative, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between LIBOR plus 
2.000% per annum and LIBOR plus 1.750% per annum (or between the alternate base rate plus 1.000% per annum and the alternate 
base rate plus 0.750% per annum), based upon the excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility at such time.

The  Credit  Agreement  contains  customary  negative  covenants,  which  limit  the  Company’s  ability  to  incur  additional 
indebtedness, create liens, make investments, make restricted payments or specified payments and merge or acquire assets, among 
other things. In addition, if excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility were to fall below certain specified levels, certain 
additional covenants (including fixed charge coverage ratio requirements) would be triggered, and the lenders would have the 
right to assume dominion and control over the Loan Parties’ cash.

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, material breaches of representations 
and warranties, covenant defaults, default on other material indebtedness, customary ERISA events of default, bankruptcy and 
insolvency, material judgments, invalidity of liens on collateral, change of control or cessation of business. The Credit Agreement 
also  contains  customary  affirmative  covenants  and  representations  and  warranties. We  are  in  compliance  with  all  covenants, 
representations and warranties under the Credit Agreement as of April 30, 2016.

We believe that our future cash from operations, access to borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility and short-term vendor 
financing will provide adequate resources to fund our operating and financing needs for the foreseeable future. Our access to, and 
the availability of, financing in the future will be impacted by many factors, including the liquidity of the overall capital markets 
and the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that we will have access to capital markets on acceptable terms.

40

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of April 30, 2016 (in millions):

BNED Credit Facility (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
School management contract and other lease 
obligations (b). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase obligations (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the 

balance sheet under GAAP (d) . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Payments Due by Period
1-3
Years

Less Than
1 Year

3-5
Years

More Than
5 Years

Total

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

748.9
7.7

—

130.9
2.9

—

232.6
4.8

—

196.4
—

—

$

756.6

$

133.8

$

237.4

$

196.4

$

189.0
—

—
189.0  

(a)  As of April 30, 2016, we had no outstanding borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility.
(b)  Our contracts with colleges and universities are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, 
and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 to120 days' notice. Annual projections are based on current 
minimum guarantee amounts. In 60% of our contracts with colleges and universities, the minimum guaranteed amounts adjust 
annually to equal less than the prior year's commission earned. Excludes obligations under store leases for property insurance 
and real estate taxes, which totaled approximately 2.1% of the minimum rent payments under those leases.

(c)  Includes information technology contracts.
(d)  Other long-term liabilities exclude $69.3 million of tax liabilities related to the long-term tax payable associated with the 
LIFO reserve and $0.02 million of unrecognized tax benefits, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the 
amount and period of payment. Management believes it is remote that the long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO 
reserve will be payable or will result in a cash tax payment in the foreseeable future, assuming that LIFO will continue to be 
an acceptable inventory method for tax purposes. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Information — Note 
5. Supplementary Data and Note 14. Income Taxes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of April 30, 2016, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions and Note 11. 

Related Party Transactions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to use judgment in making 
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes. In preparing 
these financial statements, management has made its best estimates and judgments with respect to certain amounts included in the 
financial statements, giving due consideration to materiality. We do not believe there is a great likelihood that materially different 
amounts would be reported related to the accounting policies described below. However, application of these accounting policies 
involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from 
these estimates.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue from sales of our products at physical locations is recognized at the time of sale. Revenue from sales of products 
ordered through our websites is recognized upon delivery and receipt of the shipment by our customers. Sales taxes collected from 
our customers are excluded from reported revenues. All of our sales are recognized as revenue on a “net” basis, including sales in 
connection with any periodic promotions offered to customers. We do not treat any promotional offers as expenses.

We rent both physical and digital textbooks. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over 
the rental period commencing at point of sale. Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale. A software 
feature is embedded within the content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the rental term the customer is no 
longer able to access the content. While the digital rental allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, 
once the digital content is delivered to the customer our performance obligation is complete. We offer a buyout option to allow 
the purchase of a rented book at the end of the rental period. We record the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays 
the buyout option price. In these instances, we would accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.

41

 
Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined primarily 
by the retail inventory method. Our textbook and trade book inventories are valued using the last-in first out, or “LIFO”, method 
and the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 2016 
and Fiscal 2015 compared to a favorable LIFO adjustment of $7.7 million through cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2014.

Market value of our inventory is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the selling price. 
Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory. We do not believe there 
is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate the non-
returnable inventory reserve. However, if assumptions based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory are incorrect, 
we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in actual non-returnable inventory would have affected 
pre-tax earnings by approximately $5.4 million in Fiscal 2016.

We also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and the balance sheet date. 
Shortage rates are estimated and accrued based on historical rates and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes 
in actual shortage trends. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future 
estimates or assumptions used to calculate shortage rates. However, if our estimates regarding shortage rates are incorrect, we may 
be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10 basis point change in actual shortage rates would have affected pre-tax 
earnings by approximately $0.8 million in Fiscal 2016.

Textbook Rental Inventories

Physical textbooks out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, 
the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is 
amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods 
sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise 
inventories at its amortized cost. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future 
estimates or assumptions used to calculate rental cost of goods sold. However, if our estimates regarding residual value are incorrect, 
we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 1% change in rental cost of goods sold would have affected pre-
tax earnings by approximately $0.7 million in Fiscal 2016.

Purchase Accounting 

We assign values to identified tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair 
values at the dates of acquisition, with any residual amounts recorded as goodwill. The fair value estimates used reflect our best 
estimates for the highest and best use by market participants. These estimates are subject to uncertainties and contingencies. For 
example, we used the discounted cash flow method to estimate the value of many of our assets, which entailed developing projections 
of future cash flows. If the cash flows from the acquired net assets differ significantly from our estimates, the amounts recorded 
could be subject to impairments. Furthermore, to the extent we change our initial estimates of the remaining useful life of the 
assets or liabilities, future depreciation and amortization expense could be impacted.

Stock-Based Compensation

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, 
but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. See Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data — Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation for a further discussion of our stock-based incentive plan. We 
are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate, and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If their actual 
forfeiture rate is materially different from their estimate, our stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different 
from what we recorded in the current period. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change 
in the future estimates or assumptions used to determine stock-based compensation expense. If actual results are not consistent 
with the assumptions used, the stock-based compensation expense reported in our financial statements may not be representative 
of the actual economic cost of the stock-based compensation. A 10% change in our stock-based compensation expense would have 
affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $0.7 million in Fiscal 2016.

Evaluation of Other Long-Lived Assets Impairment

Our other long-lived assets include property and equipment and amortizable intangibles. As of April 30, 2016, we had $111.2 
million and $199.7 million of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, net of depreciation and amortization,  
respectively. 

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable and consider market participants in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment 
or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment at the school contract combined store level, which 
is the lowest level at which individual cash flows can be identified. When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, 
42

we first compare the carrying amount of the assets to the school contract combined store level’s estimated future undiscounted 
cash flows. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, an impairment loss calculation is 
prepared. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to the school contract combined store level’s 
fair value based on its estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment loss is recorded for that portion of the 
asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value. Impairment losses related to school contracts are included in selling and administrative 
expenses totaled $0.06 million, $0.01 million, and $0.01 million during Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. 
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to 
calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with estimates and assumptions used in 
estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material. A 10% decrease in our 
estimated discounted cash flows would not have materially affected the results of our operations in Fiscal 2016. 

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $12 million.  For additional information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — 
Note 9. Supplementary Information.

Evaluation of Goodwill Impairment

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or earlier if there are impairment indicators. We perform a two-step process 
for impairment testing of goodwill as required by ASC 350-30, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The first step of this test, 
used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The second step (if 
necessary) measures the amount of the impairment.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including: the identification of reporting units; assignment of 
assets and liabilities to reporting units; assignment of goodwill to reporting units; and the determination of the fair value of each 
reporting unit. We have determined that we have one single reporting unit.

We estimate the fair value of our reporting unit using an income approach based on the present value of estimated future cash 
flows. Inherent in our preparation of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating 
results, business plans, expected growth rates, cost of capital and tax rates. We also make certain forecasts about future economic 
conditions,  interest  rates  and  other  market  data.  Many  of  the  factors  used  in  assessing  fair  value  are  outside  the  control  of 
management, and these assumptions and estimates may change in future periods. Changes in assumptions or estimates could 
materially affect the estimate of the fair value, and therefore could affect the likelihood and amount of potential impairment. The 
following assumptions are significant to our income approach:

Business Projections- We make assumptions about the level of revenues, gross profit, operating expenses, as well as capital 
expenditures and net working capital requirements. These assumptions drive our planning assumptions and represent key inputs 
for  developing  our  cash  flow  projections. These  projections  are  developed  using  our  internal  business  plans  over  a  five-year 
planning period that are updated at least annually; 

Long-term Growth Rates- We also utilize an assumed long-term growth rate representing the expected rate at which our cash 
flow stream is projected to grow. These rates are used to calculate the terminal value and are added to the cash flows projected 
during our five-year planning period; and 

Discount Rates- The estimated future cash flows are then discounted at a rate that is consistent with a weighted-average cost 
of capital that is likely to be expected by market participants. The weighted-average cost of capital is an estimate of the overall 
after-tax rate of return required by equity and debt holders of a business enterprise. 

Based on the results of the step one testing, fair value of the Company exceeded its carrying value by approximately 9%. 

Given the margin by which the estimated fair value exceeded its carrying amount, we also performed a sensitivity analysis 
related to the long-term growth rate and discount rate used in the November 1, 2015 test. Specifically, the estimated fair value 
would exceed its carrying amount if we independently either reduced the long-term growth rate by 100 basis points or increased 
the discount rate by 50 basis points. The fair value would not exceed its carrying value if we simultaneously reduced the long-
term growth rate by either 50 or 100 basis points, while also increasing the discount rate by 50 basis points; or we simultaneously 
reduced the long-term growth rate by 100 basis points, while also increasing the discount rate by 25 basis points. Under these 
scenarios, step two testing would have been required to determine the potential goodwill impairment.

The November 1, 2015 impairment test assumed earnings growth, primarily from our digital revenues. Should this growth 
not occur, if the reporting unit otherwise fails to meet its current financial plans, or if there were changes to any other key assumption 
used in the test, the reporting unit could fail step one of the goodwill impairment test in a future period. We will continue to monitor 
the reporting unit for impairment.

43

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
and their tax basis and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. FASB 
guidance on accounting for income taxes requires that deferred tax assets be evaluated for future realization and reduced by a 
valuation allowance to the extent we believe a portion will not be realized. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood 
of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including our recent earnings experience and expectations of future taxable income 
by taxing jurisdiction, the carryforward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes and other relevant factors. The actual 
realization of deferred tax assets may differ significantly from the amounts we have recorded.

During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination 
is uncertain. Accounting for income taxes requires a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The 
first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that 
the tax position will be fully sustained upon review by taxing authorities, including resolution of related appeals or litigation 
processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount with a greater than 50 percent likelihood of 
being realized upon ultimate settlement. For tax positions that are 50 percent or less likely of being sustained upon audit, we do 
not recognize any portion of that benefit in the financial statements. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating 
our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. 
Our actual results could differ materially from our current estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements for information 

related to new accounting pronouncements.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We limit our interest rate risk by investing certain of our excess cash balances in short-term, highly-liquid instruments with 
an original maturity of one year or less. We do not expect any material losses from our invested cash balances and we believe that 
our interest rate exposure is modest. As of April 30, 2016, our cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $28.6 million. A 
25 basis point increase in interest rates or 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would not have materially affected interest 
income in Fiscal 2016.

We may from time to time borrow money under the BNED Credit Facility at various interest rate options based on LIBOR 
or alternate base rate (each term as defined therein) depending upon certain financial tests. Accordingly, we may be exposed to 
interest rate risk on borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility. We had no borrowings under BNED Credit Facility at April 30, 
2016. To the extent we continue to have no outstanding debt under the BNED Credit Facility, a 25 basis point increase in interest 
rates or 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would not have materially affected interest expense in Fiscal 2016.

Foreign Currency Risk

We do not have any material foreign currency exposure as nearly all of our business is transacted in United States currency.

44

Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

FINANCIAL STATEMENT INDEX

Page No.

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on the 

consolidated financial statements of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the years ended 
April 30, 2016, May 2, 2015, and May 3, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended April 30, 
2016, May 2, 2015, and May 3, 2014  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2016, May 2, 2015, and 

May 3, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015 . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 4. Acquisitions and Strategic Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Segment Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 5.
Equity and Earnings Per Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 6.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 7.
Note 8. Credit Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 9.
Supplementary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 11. Related Party Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 12. Employees’ Defined Contribution Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 14.
Note 15. Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 17. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46

47

48

49

50

51
52
56
58
59
59
61
62
63
64
67
67
67
69
71
71
72

73

45

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 
April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, equity and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule 
listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries at April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015, and the consolidated results of 
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the 
basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
Barnes & Noble, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013 
framework) and our report dated June 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
MetroPark, NJ
June 29, 2016 

46

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(In thousands, except per share data)

52 weeks
ended

52 weeks
ended

53 weeks
ended

April 30, 2016

May 2, 2015

May 3, 2014

Sales:

Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,579,617

$

1,544,975

$

1,536,180

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

228,412

228,023

211,742

1,808,029

1,772,998

1,747,922

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,224,955

1,198,300

1,180,727

Rental cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

129,725

131,125

130,430

1,354,680

1,329,425

1,311,157

443,573

359,504

50,509

—

—
33,560
210

33,350

14,218

19,132
—
19,132

0.33
0.33

38,452

38,493

$

$

$
$

436,765

330,426

48,014

—

—
58,325
385

57,940

22,834

35,106
—
35,106

0.88
0.88

37,270

37,275

Total cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restructuring costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other comprehensive earnings, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earnings per share of Common Stock:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average shares of Common Stock outstanding:

453,349

375,219

52,690

11,987

8,830
4,623
1,872

2,751

2,667

$

$

$
$

84
—
84

$

$

— $
— $

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,238

46,479

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

47

 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share data) 

As of
April 30, 2016 May 2, 2015

Current assets:

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

28,568

$

Receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merchandise inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textbook rental inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other noncurrent assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50,924
312,747

47,760

6,453

446,452

111,185
199,663

280,911

33,472

44,816

76,551
297,424

47,550

4,625

470,966

107,557
198,190

274,070

39,885

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,071,683

$

1,090,668

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-term deferred taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commitments and contingencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stockholders' equity:

Preferred membership interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parent company investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized, 5,000 shares; issued and outstanding,

none. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized, 200,000 shares; issued, 48,645 and 0

shares, respectively; outstanding, 46,755 and 0 shares, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Additional paid-in capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury stock, at cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

$

152,175

$

155,203

105,877

258,052
29,865
75,380

363,297

—

—
—

—

486
1
699,512

27,002
(18,615)
708,386

97,575

252,778
41,733
69,488

363,999

—

—
726,669

—

—
—
—

—
—

726,669

$

1,071,683

$

1,090,668

48

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

84

$

19,132

$

35,106

52 weeks
ended

52 weeks
ended

53 weeks
ended

April 30, 2016 May 2, 2015

May 3, 2014

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating
activities:

Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortization of deferred financing costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Increase in other long-term liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash flows provided by operating activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase in other noncurrent assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash flows used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net changes in Barnes & Noble, Inc. Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition of Preferred Membership Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from borrowings on Credit Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Repayments of borrowings on Credit Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Payment of deferred financing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of treasury shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities . . . . . . . .

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net:

Receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Merchandise inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Textbook rental inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net . . . . . . . . . . . .

Supplemental cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest paid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes paid (net of refunds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non-cash financing activities:

Acquisition of Preferred Membership Interests for 2,737,290 shares of

common stock of Barnes & Noble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49

$

$

$

$
$

$

52,690

488

11,987
(11,868)
6,670

5,892

16,838

82,781

(50,790)
(17,843)
(2,107)
(70,740)

(6,423)
—

60,600
(60,600)
(3,251)
(18,615)
(28,289)
(16,248)
44,816
28,568

25,732
(15,323)
(210)
(2,508)
9,147
16,838

56
13,934

$

$

$

$
$

50,509

—

—
(11,332)
4,741

8,335
(53,660)
17,725

(48,452)
—
(9,733)
(58,185)

29,334
(76,175)
—
—
—

—
(46,841)
(87,301)
132,117
44,816

$

(37,550) $
(22,078)
(487)
(504)
6,959
(53,660) $

48,014

—

—
(9,962)
2,373
(6,226)
(18,569)
50,736

(38,253)
—

808
(37,445)

64,129

—

—
—
—

—

64,129

77,420
54,697
132,117

(2,707)
(29,988)
(3,003)
(1,481)
18,610
(18,569)

210
25,171

$
$

385
32,796

— $

76,175

$

—

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(In thousands)

Accum.

Additional

Other

Preferred

Parent

Common Stock

Shares Amount

Paid-In

Capital

Comp.

Retained Membership

Company

Treasury Stock

Total

Income

Earnings

Interests

Investment

Shares Amount

Equity

Balance at May 3, 2014. . .

— $

— $

— $ — $

— $

383,397

$

366,240

— $

— $ 749,637

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in Barnes &

Noble, Inc. Investment . .

Stock-based compensation
expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accretive dividend on

preferred stockholders. . .

Acquisition of  preferred

membership interests. . . .

19,132

29,334

4,741

6,077

(6,077)

19,132

29,334

4,741

—

(389,474)

313,299

(76,175)

Balance at May 2, 2015. . .

— $

— $

— $ — $

— $

— $

726,669

— $

— $ 726,669

Accum.

Additional

Other

Preferred

Parent

Common Stock

Shares Amount

Paid-In

Capital

Comp.

Retained Membership

Company

Treasury Stock

Total

Income

Earnings

Interests

Investment

Shares Amount

Equity

Balance at May 2, 2015. . .

— $

— $

— $ — $

— $

— $

726,669

— $

— $ 726,669

—

—

—

—

—

—

671,836

—

— 671,836

(26,918)

953

(28,868)

(26,918)

953

(28,868)

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based compensation
expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in Barnes &

Noble, Inc. Investment . .

Balance at August 2, 2015
(Spin-Off) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net change in Barnes &

Noble, Inc. Investment . .

Capitalization at Spin-Off .

48,187

482

693,799

Stock-based compensation
expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vested equity awards. . . . .

458

4

5,717

(4)

Common stock

repurchased . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares repurchased for tax
withholdings for vested
stock awards . . . . . . . . . .

Comprehensive income . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at April 30, 2016 .

48,645 $

486

$

699,512

$

1

1

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

22,445

(694,281)

22,445

—

5,717

—

1,715

(16,612)

(16,612)

175

(2,003)

(2,003)

1

27,002

27,002

$ 27,002

$

— $

—

1,890 $ (18,615) $ 708,386

50

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in these Notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements to 
“we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & 
Noble” refer to Barnes & Noble, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Barnes & Noble 
Education, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries) unless the context otherwise requires. References to “Barnes & Noble College” 
refer to our college bookstore business operated through our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. 

Note 1. Organization

Description of Business

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., one of the largest contract operators of bookstores on college and university campuses across 
the United States and a leading provider of digital education services, enhances the academic and social purpose of educational 
institutions. As a strategic partner, we are committed to offering a complete support system and an unmatched retail and digital 
learning experience to foster student success in higher education. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Barnes & Noble College, 
we operate 751 campus bookstores and the school-branded e-commerce sites for each store, serving more than 5 million college 
students and their faculty nationwide. On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc., at which 
time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded company.

Overall educational spending in the United States continues to increase dramatically, and as tuition and other costs rise, colleges 
and universities face pressure to attract and retain students and provide them with innovative, affordable educational content and 
tools that support their educational development.  While traditional print textbooks remain the first choice of students, demand for 
alternative forms of educational materials is growing.  

We offer a complete set of products and services to help students, faculty and administrators achieve their shared educational 
and social goals on college and university campuses across the United States.  As one of the largest contract operators of bookstores 
and provider of digital education services, we operate as a focal point for college life and learning, advancing the educational 
mission of our institution partners, enlivening campus culture and delivering an important revenue stream to our partner schools. 

For over 5 million students and their faculty, our campus stores are a social and academic hub through which students can 
access affordable course materials and affinity products, including new and used print and digital textbooks, which are available 
for sale or rent; emblematic apparel and gifts; trade books; computer products; school and dorm supplies; café; convenience food 
and beverages; and graduation products. Through multi-year management service agreements with our schools, we typically have 
the exclusive right to operate the official school bookstore on college campuses.  In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store 
sales and, in some cases, a minimum fixed guarantee.  We create seamless retail experiences for our customers, both in our dynamic 
physical stores or our official school-branded e-commerce sites for each school.

As of April 30, 2016, we operated 751 stores nationwide, which reached 26% of the total number of students enrolled at 
colleges and universities in the United States. Our stores are operated under 472 contracts, some of which cover multiple store 
locations, and 165 of our college and university affiliated bookstores are co-branded with the Barnes & Noble name.   

Fiscal 2016 was an excellent year for new store signings, and we have a strong pipeline of new business opportunities.  During 

the 2016 fiscal year, we opened 39 stores with estimated first year annual sales of $64,000. 

We are well positioned to benefit from the continuing trend towards outsourcing across the campus bookstore market given 
our  brand,  reputation  with  institutions,  students  and  faculty  for  service  and  our  full  suite  of  products  and  services  including: 
bookstore management, textbook rental and digital delivery.

Growth Drivers 

The primary factors that we expect will enable us to grow our business are as follows: 

•  Increase Market Share with New Accounts.
•  Adapting our Merchandising Strategy and Product and Service Offerings.
•  Scalable and Leading Digital Product and Solution Set.
•  Expand Strategic Opportunities through Acquisitions and Partnerships.

For additional information related to our Strategies, see Part I - Item 1. Business - Overview - Offering - Comprehensive 

Learning Solutions - Growth Drivers.

51

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc.

On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans to Spin-Off its 100% equity interest in our Company. At the time of 
the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, Barnes & Noble distributed all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding 
shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis (the “Distribution”). Following the Spin-Off, 
Barnes & Noble did not own any equity interest in us. On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation from Barnes & Noble, 
at which time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded company. For details related to the Distribution of our Common 
Stock, see Note 6. Equity and Earnings Per Share.

In connection with the separation from Barnes & Noble, we entered into several agreements that govern the relationship 
between the parties after the separation and allocate between the parties various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations following 
the separation and also describe Barnes & Noble’s future commitments to provide us with certain transition services following the 
Spin-Off.  For additional information related to these agreements, see Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

The results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 (periods presented prior to the 
Spin-Off), reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a stand-alone basis since we were still part of Barnes 
& Noble, Inc. until the consummation of the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015 and the results of operations for the 39 weeks ended 
April 30, 2016 reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis as we became a separate 
consolidated entity (as discussed in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  our  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  in 
conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  (“GAAP”).  In  the  opinion  of  the  Company’s 
management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company contain all adjustments (consisting of only 
normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly its consolidated financial position and the results of its operations and 
cash flows for the periods reported. 

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. Our business is highly 
seasonal, with the major portion of sales and operating profit realized during the second and third fiscal quarters, when college 
students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. The fiscal year periods for each of the last three fiscal 
years consisted of the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (Fiscal 2016), 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 (Fiscal 2015), and 53 weeks 
ended May 3, 2014 (Fiscal 2014).

Stand-alone basis financial statements

The results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 (periods presented prior to the 
Spin-Off), (collectively referred to as the "stand-alone periods") reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented 
on a stand-alone basis since we were still part of Barnes & Noble, Inc. Our consolidated financial statements were derived from 
the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Barnes & Noble.  Our consolidated financial statements include 
certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at the Barnes & Noble corporate level but are specifically identifiable 
or otherwise attributable to us.  For additional information, see Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

Consolidated basis financial statements

The Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. occurred on August 2, 2015 and therefore, the results of operations are presented on 
a consolidated basis for the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. second, third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2016) which includes 
direct costs incurred with Barnes & Noble under various agreements. Certain corporate and shared service functions historically 
provided by Barnes & Noble  (as described above) will continue to be provided by Barnes & Noble under the Transition Services 
Agreement. For additional information, see Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

Use of Estimates

In preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those 
estimates.

52

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all short-term, highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash 

equivalents.

Restricted Cash

As of April 30, 2016, restricted cash of $301 and $1,996 is included in prepaid and other current assets and other noncurrent 
assets, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.  We generally do not control these accounts and these funds are amounts 
held for future scheduled distributions related to acquisitions. Such funds are invested principally in money market funds. 

Accounts Receivable

Receivables represent customer, private and public institutional and government billings (colleges, universities and other 

financial aid providers), credit/debit card, advertising and other receivables due within one year as follows:

As of

April 30, 2016

May 2, 2015

Trade accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due from affiliate (see Note 10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit/debit card receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

35,578
—
3,253
12,093
50,924

$

$

26,423
38,241
2,818
9,069
76,551

Accounts receivable are presented on our consolidated balance sheets net of allowances. An allowance for doubtful accounts 
is determined through an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable and assessments of collectability based on historical trends, 
the financial condition of our customers and an evaluation of economic conditions. We write-off uncollectible trade receivables 
once collection efforts have been exhausted and record bad debt expenses related to textbook rentals that are not returned and we 
are unable to successfully charge the customer. Allowance for doubtful accounts were $2,320 and $2,313 as of Fiscal 2016 and 
Fiscal 2015, respectively.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined primarily 
by the retail inventory method. Our textbook and trade book inventories are valued using the last-in first out, or “LIFO”, method 
and the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 2016 
and Fiscal 2015 compared to a favorable LIFO adjustment of $7,692 through cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2014.

Market value of our inventory is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the selling price. 

Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory.

We also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and the balance sheet date. 
Shortage rates are estimated and accrued based on historical rates and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes 
in actual shortage trends.

The products that we sell originate from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. During Fiscal 2016, our four 

largest suppliers accounted for approximately 46% of our merchandise purchased.

Textbook Rental Inventories

Physical textbooks out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, 
the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is 
amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods 
sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise 
inventories at its amortized cost.

53

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line 
method over estimated useful lives.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, however major maintenance and remodeling 
costs are capitalized if they extend the useful life of the asset. We had $42,213, $40,257, and $37,720 of depreciation expense for 
Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. 

Components of property and equipment are as follows:

Useful Life

April 30, 2016 May 2, 2015

As of

Property and equipment:

Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Display fixtures and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capitalized software costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Office furniture and other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(a)

3-5

(b)

5-7

Construction in Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total property and equipment, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

142,595

$

219,289

88,937

46,856

17,302
514,979
403,794
111,185

$

138,307

206,705

83,958

44,740

10,758
484,468
376,911
107,557

(a)   Leasehold improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the terms of the respective leases, ranging from one to 15 years.
(b)   System costs are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives, from the date the systems become operational. 

Purchased software is generally amortized over 3 years.

Other Long-Lived Assets

Our other long-lived assets include property and equipment and amortizable intangibles. We had $199,663 and $198,190 of 
amortizable intangible assets, net of amortization, as of April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015, respectively. These amortizable intangible 
assets relate primarily to our customer relationships with our colleges and university clients, and technology acquired.  For additional 
information related to amortizable intangibles, see Note 9. Supplementary Information - Intangible Assets. 

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable and consider market participants in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 
360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment at the 
school contract combined store level, which is the lowest level at which individual cash flows can be identified. When evaluating 
long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying amount of the assets to the school contract combined 
store level’s estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the 
assets, an impairment loss calculation is prepared. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to 
the school contract combined store level’s fair value based on its estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment 
loss is recorded for that portion of the asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value. Impairment losses related to school contracts 
included  in  selling  and  administrative  expenses  totaled  $59,  $7,  and  $11  during  Fiscal  2016,  Fiscal  2015  and  Fiscal  2014, 
respectively.

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $11,987.  For additional information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — 
Note 9. Supplementary Information.

Goodwill

The costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired are carried as goodwill in the accompanying consolidated balance 
sheets. As of April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015, we had $280,911 and $274,070 of goodwill, respectively. For additional information, 
see Note 9. Supplementary Information.

ASC No. 350-30, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ("ASC 350-30"), requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at 
least annually or earlier if there are impairment indicators. We perform a two-step process for impairment testing of goodwill as 

54

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

required by ASC 350-30. The first step of this test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting 
unit with its carrying amount. The second step (if necessary) measures the amount of the impairment. 

We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of the first day of the third quarter of fiscal 2016. In performing the 
valuation, we used cash flows that reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates that included risk adjustments consistent 
with the current market conditions. Based on the results of the step one testing, fair value of the one reporting unit exceeded its 
carrying value; therefore, the second step of the impairment test was not required to be performed and no goodwill impairment 
was recognized. 

As of the date of our annual goodwill impairment test, the excess fair value over carrying value was approximately 9%. 
Goodwill is subject to further risk of impairment if comparable store sales decline, store closings accelerate or digital projections 
fall short of expectations. Additionally, changes in the structure of our business as a result of future reorganizations, acquisitions 
or divestitures of assets or businesses could result in future impairments of goodwill. Refer to Item 7.  Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates for a discussion of 
key assumptions used in our testing.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue from sales of our products at physical locations is recognized at the time of sale. Revenue from sales of products 
ordered through our websites is recognized upon receipt of our products by our customers. Sales taxes collected from our customers 
are excluded from reported revenues. All of our sales are recognized as revenue on a “net” basis, including sales in connection 
with any periodic promotions offered to customers. We do not treat any promotional offers as expenses.

We rent both physical and digital textbooks. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over 
the rental period commencing at point of sale. Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale. A software 
feature is embedded within the content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the rental term the customer is no 
longer able to access the content. While the digital rental allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, 
once the digital content is delivered to the customer our performance obligation is complete. We offer a buyout option to allow 
the purchase of a rented book at the end of the rental period. We record the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays 
the buyout option price. In these instances, we would accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.

Cost of Sales

Our cost of sales primarily include costs such as merchandise costs, textbook rental amortization and management service 

agreement costs, including rent expense, related to our college and university contracts and by other facility related expenses.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Our  selling  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  store  payroll  and  store  operating  expenses.  Selling  and 
administrative  expenses  also  include  stock-based  compensation  and  general  office  expenses,  such  as  executive  oversight, 
merchandising,  field  support,  finance,  human  resources,  benefits,  training,  legal,  and  information  technology,  as  well  as  our 
investments in digital.

Stock-Based Compensation

Prior to the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, certain of our employees were eligible to participate in Barnes & Noble, Inc. equity 
plans pursuant to which they were granted awards of Barnes & Noble, Inc. common stock. During the second quarter of Fiscal 
2016, post Spin-Off, we began to grant awards in accordance with the Barnes & Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the 
"Equity Incentive Plan").  Types of equity awards that can be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan include options, restricted 
stock ("RS"), restricted stock units ("RSU") and performance awards. We have not granted options under the Equity Incentive 
Plan. See Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation for a further discussion of our stock-based incentive plan.

Currently,  outstanding  awards  are  not  based  on  performance  and  are  based  solely  on  continued  service.  We  recognize 
compensation expense for awards ratably over the requisite service period of the award. We calculate the fair value of stock-based 
awards based on the closing price on the date the award was granted. We recognize compensation expense based on the number 
of awards expected to vest using an estimated average forfeiture rate.  

Advertising Costs

The costs of advertising are expensed as incurred during the year pursuant to ASC No. 720-35, Advertising Costs. Advertising 
costs charged to selling and administrative expenses were $8,193, $8,614, and $8,421 during Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 
2014, respectively.

55

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because 
of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. We regularly 
review deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance, if determined to be necessary. For additional 
information, see Note 14. Income Taxes. 

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share represent net earnings to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common 
shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect, in periods in which they have a dilutive effect, the impact of 
our stock based compensation. See Note 6. Equity and Earnings Per Share for further information regarding the calculation of 
basic and diluted earnings per common share.

Change in Accounting Principle and Error Corrections

As more fully described in Note 3. Recent Accounting Policies,  during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, we  adopted Accounting 
Standard  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2015-17,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740)  -  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred  Taxes  ("ASU 
2015-17") retrospectively to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred 
tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. We early adopted this standard 
during the fourth quarter of 2016 on a retrospective basis, which resulted in a reclassification of our net current deferred tax asset 
of $24,358 to the net non-current deferred tax liability in our consolidated balance sheet as of May 2, 2015. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, we decreased cash and accounts payable by $14,898 for the period ended as of May 2, 
2015 as a result of an immaterial balance sheet error correction. This correction was to record outstanding payments and overdraft 
cash concentration balances as part of cash and cash equivalents account from the previously recorded accounts payable account. 
Management has assessed both quantitative and qualitative factors discussed in ASC No. 250, Accounting Changes and Error 
Corrections and Staff Accounting Bulletin 1.M, Materiality (SAB Topic 1.M) to determine that this misstatement qualifies as an 
immaterial balance sheet error correction. We concluded that this balance sheet misstatement is not material to an investor as it 
did not affect pre-tax income, net income, or earnings per share reported in the financial statements for any prior period financial 
statements. Additionally, this balance sheet misstatement did not affect the debt covenants under our Credit Facility.

As more fully described in Note 9. Supplementary Information, during the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we increased other long-
term liabilities and decreased Parent company investment by $63,459 for the period ended as of May 2, 2015, as a result of an 
immaterial balance sheet error correction.  

Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Pronouncements Adopted in Fiscal 2016

In  March  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  No.  2016-09,  Compensation-Stock 
Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting to provide guidance that changes the 
accounting for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees. The guidance requires the recognition of the income tax 
effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, thus eliminating additional paid-in capital pools. 
The guidance also allows for the employer to repurchase more of an employee’s shares for tax withholding purposes without 
triggering liability accounting. In addition, the guidance allows for a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur rather 
than on an estimated basis. We are required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, but have early adopted this 
standard during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 as permitted. There was no impact upon adoption of this guidance since the 
recognition of income tax effects of awards was not materially different than amounts that had previously been recorded in our 
financial statements and we currently use an estimated average forfeiture rate to compute stock-based compensation expense.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-04, Liabilities-Extinguishments of Liabilities (Subtopic 405-20): Recognition 
of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-Value Products (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force) to specify how prepaid 
stored-value product liabilities should be derecognized. We are required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, 
but have early adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 as permitted. This standard does not have an impact 
on our consolidated financial statements since we sell prepaid cards for vendors and the liability for the prepaid cards is not reflected 
on our consolidated balance sheets.

56

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred 
Taxes ("ASU 2015-17") to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes. The amendments in this update require that deferred 
tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that 
deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax-paying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected 
by the amendments in this update.  We are required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, but have early adopted 
this standard retrospectively during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 as permitted. This standard impacts the classification of current 
deferred income taxes presented on our consolidated financial statements for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Simplifying the Accounting for 
Measurement-Period Adjustments ("ASU 2015-16") to simplify the accounting for measurement-period adjustments resulting 
from business combinations. The amendments in this update eliminate the requirement to retrospectively account for measurement-
period adjustments. Instead, these adjustments will be recognized in the period the adjustment amount is determined. We are 
required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, but have early adopted this standard during the second quarter of 
fiscal 2016 as permitted. Adoption of this standard will impact our consolidated financial statements to the extent adjustments to 
provisional amounts recorded for future acquisitions are determined subsequent to the period the acquisition is originally reported.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) – Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (“ASU 
2015-11”). The amendments in this update state that inventory should be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. 
Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, 
disposal, and transportation. The update does not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) or the retail 
inventory method. The update applies to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out 
(“FIFO”) or average cost. We are required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, but have early adopted this 
standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2016 as permitted. This standard does not have an impact on our consolidated financial 
statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): 
Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement (“ASU 2015-05”) to simplify the accounting for cloud 
computing arrangements. The amendments in this update requires that if a cloud computing arrangement includes a software 
license, then a customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other 
software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the 
arrangement as a service contract. The guidance will not change GAAP for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. We are 
required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, but have early adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2016 as permitted. This standard does not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In  April  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No. 2015-03,  Interest-Imputation  of  Interest  (Subtopic  835-30):  Simplifying  the 
Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”) to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. The amendments in the 
update require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct reduction 
of the carrying amount of the debt. Recognition and measurement of debt issuance costs were not affected by this amendment. In 
August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, “Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated 
With Line-of-Credit Arrangements — Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF 
Meeting” which clarified that the SEC would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and 
subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement. We are required 
to adopt ASU 2015-03 in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, but have early adopted this standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2016 
as permitted. As discussed in Note 8. Credit Facility, debt issuance costs related to the Credit Facility entered into on August 3, 
2015 have been deferred and are presented as an asset which is subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the Credit Facility.

Pronouncements Pending Adoption

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-01") to increase transparency and 
comparability by providing additional information to users of financial statements regarding an entity's leasing activities. The 
revised guidance seeks to achieve this objective by requiring reporting entities to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the 
balance sheet for substantially all lease arrangements. We are required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and 
early adoption is permitted. The guidance will be applied on a modified retrospective basis beginning with the earliest period 
presented. We are currently evaluating this standard to determine the impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard 
provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize 

57

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer, as opposed to recognizing revenue when the risks and 
rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance. In 2016, the FASB issued final amendments to clarify the 
implementation guidance for principal versus agent considerations, identifying performance obligations and the accounting for 
licenses of intellectual property.  In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which effectively delayed the adoption date by one year. We are required to adopt ASU 
2014-09 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The guidance permits companies to either apply the 
requirements retrospectively to all prior periods presented, or apply the requirements in the year of adoption, through a cumulative 
adjustment. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the impact of adoption on our consolidated 
financial statements.

Note 4. Acquisitions and Strategic Agreements

Acquisitions

LoudCloud Systems, Inc.

In March 2016, we completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of LoudCloud Systems, Inc. (“LoudCloud”). 
LoudCloud will be a foundational asset for our digital and learning services. LoudCloud is a sophisticated digital platform and 
analytics provider with a proven product and existing clients in higher education, the for-profit sector and K-12 markets. LoudCloud 
currently has product capabilities that include a competency based courseware platform, a learning analytics platform and services, 
an  eReading  product,  and  a  learning  management  system  ("LMS").  Its  software  captures  and  analyzes  key  behavioral  and 
performance metrics from students, allowing educators to monitor and improve student success. 

The acquisition of LoudCloud closed on March 4, 2016 for a purchase price of $17,843, including working capital, and was 
financed completely with cash from operations. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a preliminary 
valuation and our estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the purchase price allocation period (generally one year 
from the acquisition date). The preliminary purchase price was allocated primarily as follows: $10,600 intellectual property, $1,300
other intangible assets, $1,003 deferred revenue and $6,838 goodwill. This acquisition is not material to our consolidated financial 
statements and therefore, disclosure of pro forma financial information has not been presented. The results of operations reflect 
the period of ownership of the acquired business.

Strategic Agreements

Vital Source Technologies, Inc.

In March 2016, we entered into a strategic commercial agreement with Vital Source Technologies, Inc. ("VitalSource"), a part 
of  the  Ingram  Content  Group,  and  effectively  outsourced  the Yuzu® eTexbook  reading  platform.  See  Note  9.  Supplementary 
Information for additional information. VitalSource has existing relationships with publishers and a very competitive product from 
a feature and technology perspective. VitalSource will continue to provide an eTextbook experience for Yuzu® users leveraging 
and utilizing a broad digital library and the product is branded and marketed to the students and universities as Yuzu®. The transition 
from Yuzu® to the VitalSource platform was seamless for students and faculty.

Microsoft Corporation

On April 27, 2012, Barnes & Noble entered into an investment agreement pursuant to which Barnes & Noble transferred to 
NOOK  Media  its  digital  device,  digital  content  and  college  bookstore  businesses.  On  October 4,  2012,  Morrison  Investment 
Holdings, Inc. (“Morrison”), a subsidiary of Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”), acquired a 17.6% non-controlling preferred 
membership  interest  in  NOOK  Media.  Concurrently  with  its  entry  into  this  agreement,  Barnes &  Noble  also  entered  into  a 
commercial agreement with Microsoft relating to the digital and college businesses investment. See Note 10. Barnes & Noble, 
Inc. Transactions.

On December 3, 2014, the Microsoft commercial agreement was terminated. On December 4, 2014, we re-acquired Morrison’s 

interest in NOOK Media in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes & Noble.

In connection with the closing, Morrison, Barnes & Noble and Barnes & Noble Education entered into a Digital Business 
Contingent Payment Agreement related to Barnes & Noble’s digital business (“DBCPA”). Effective as of August 2, 2015, all of 
Barnes & Noble Education’s obligations under the DBCPA were either assigned to Barnes & Noble or terminated.

58

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Pearson Education, Inc.

On December 21, 2012, NOOK Media entered into an agreement with Pearson Education, Inc. a subsidiary of Pearson plc, 
to make a strategic investment in NOOK Media whereby Pearson acquired a 5% non-controlling preferred membership interest 
in  NOOK  Media  and  received  warrants  to  purchase  up  to  an  additional  5%  of  NOOK  Media  under  certain  conditions. That 
transaction closed on January 22, 2013. See Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

At closing, NOOK Media and Pearson entered into a commercial agreement relating to the college business with respect to 
distributing Pearson content in connection with this strategic investment. On December 27, 2013, NOOK Media entered into an 
amendment to the commercial agreement that extended the term of the agreement and the timing of the measurement period to 
meet certain revenue share milestones.

On December 22, 2014, we re-acquired Pearson’s interest in NOOK Media and related warrants previously issued to Pearson 
in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes & Noble. We remain a party to the commercial agreement with Pearson relating 
to the college business.

Note 5. Segment Reporting

We have determined that we operate within one reportable segment. We identified our single operating segment based on the 
way our business is managed (focusing on the financial information distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating 
decision maker allocates resources and assesses financial performance.  Our international operations are not material and the 
majority of the revenue and total assets are within the United States.

Note 6. Equity and Earnings Per Share

Equity

On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans to Spin-Off its 100% equity interest in our Company by distributing 
all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders 
on a pro rata basis (the “Distribution”). 

On July 14, 2015, Barnes & Noble approved the final distribution ratio and declared a pro rata dividend of the outstanding 
shares of our common stock to Barnes & Noble’s existing stockholders. The pro-rata dividend was made on August 2, 2015 to the 
Barnes & Noble stockholders of record (as of July 27, 2015). Each Barnes & Noble stockholder of record received a distribution 
of 0.632 shares of our common stock for each share of Barnes & Noble common stock held on the record date. On August 2, 2015, 
we completed the legal separation from Barnes & Noble, at which time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded 
company. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble does not own any equity interest in us. 

Following the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, our authorized capital stock consisted of 200,000,000 shares of common stock,  
par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of August 3, 2015, 48,186,900
shares of our Common Stock and 0 shares of our preferred stock were issued and outstanding. Our Common Stock began to trade 
on a “when-issued” basis on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED WI” beginning on July 23, 2015. On August 3, 2015, when-
issued trading of our Common Stock ended, and our Common Stock began “regular-way” trading under the symbol “BNED.”

The holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of 
the stockholders. Holders of shares of our Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. The 
holders of our Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders, 
subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of our Common Stock do not have 
preemptive rights or preferential rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock.

During the second quarter, 2,409,345 shares of Common Stock were reserved for future grants, in accordance with the Barnes 

& Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.  See Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation.

Share Repurchases 

On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50,000, in the aggregate, of 
our outstanding Common Stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which includes a 
plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, 
or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. 
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, we repurchased 1,715,269 shares for approximately $16,612 at a weighted average 
cost per share of $9.95. 

59

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, we also repurchased 174,511 shares of our Common Stock in connection with 

employee tax withholding obligations for vested stock awards.

Dividends

We paid no dividends to common stockholders during Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014.  We do not intend to pay 

dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 

Earnings Per Share

For periods prior to the Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble on August 2, 2015, basic earnings per share and weighted-average 
basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble, Inc. common stock outstanding as of the end of 
the period, adjusted for the distribution ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble, Inc. 
common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off.

For periods prior to the Spin-Off, diluted earnings per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential 
common shares from Barnes & Noble equity plans in which our employees participated. Certain of our employees held restricted 
stock units and stock options granted by Barnes & Noble, Inc. which were considered participating securities. 

Basic EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS is 
computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year plus the dilutive effect of common 
stock equivalents using the treasury stock method and the average market price of our common stock for the year. We include 
participating  securities  (unvested  share-based  payment  awards  that  contain  non-forfeitable  rights  to  dividends  or  dividend 
equivalents) in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. Our participating securities consist solely of unvested 
restricted stock awards, which have contractual participation rights equivalent to those of stockholders of unrestricted common 
stock. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an allocation method that calculates earnings per share for common 
stock and participating securities. During periods of net loss, no effect is given to the participating securities because they do not 
share in the losses of the Company. During the Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, no shares were  excluded from the diluted 
earnings per share calculation using the two-class method as they were not antidilutive.

60

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share calculation:

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

Numerator for basic earnings per share:
Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Accretion of dividends on preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less allocation of earnings to participating securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income available to common shareholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Numerator for diluted earnings per share:
Net income available to common shareholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Accretion of dividends on preferred stock (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allocation of earnings to participating securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less diluted allocation of earnings to participating securities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income available to common shareholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Denominator for basic earnings per share: (b)

84

—
—

84

84

—

—

—
84

$

$

$

$

19,132
(6,076)
(313)
12,743

$

$

35,106
(1,770)
(663)
32,673

12,743

$

32,673

—

313
(313)
12,743

$

—

663
(663)
32,673

Basic weighted average shares of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,238

38,452

37,270

Denominator for diluted earnings per share: (c)

Basic weighted average shares of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average dilutive restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Average dilutive options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted weighted average shares of Common Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,238

227
14
46,479

38,452

—
41
38,493

37,270

—
5
37,275

Earnings per share of Common Stock:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

— $

— $

0.33

0.33

$

$

0.88

0.88

(a)  Although the Company was in a net income position during Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, the dilutive effect of 
the accretion of preferred membership interests were excluded from the calculation of income per share using the two-class 
method because the effect would be antidilutive.

(b)  For periods prior to the Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. on August 2, 2015, basic earnings per share and weighted-average 
basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble, Inc. common stock outstanding as of the end 
of the period, adjusted for the distribution ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble, 
Inc. common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off.

(c)  For periods prior to the Spin-Off, diluted earnings per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential 
common shares from Barnes & Noble, Inc. equity plans in which our employees participated. Certain of our employees held 
restricted stock units and stock options granted by Barnes & Noble, Inc. which were considered participating securities.

Note 7. Fair Values of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC No. 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the fair value of an asset is considered to be the 
price at which the asset could be sold in an orderly transaction between unrelated knowledgeable and willing parties. A liability’s 
fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a new obligor, not the amount that would be paid 
to settle the liability with the creditor. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are measured using a three-tier fair value hierarchy, 
which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable

Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring us to develop our own assumptions

61

 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accrued liabilities and accounts payable. The fair 
values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  receivables,  accrued  liabilities  and  accounts  payable  approximates  their  carrying  values 
because of the short-term nature of these instruments, which are all considered Level 1.

Note 8. Credit Facility

Until August 3, 2015, we were party to an amended and restated credit facility with Barnes & Noble, Inc., as the lead borrower, 
and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders, dated as of April 29, 
2011 (as amended and modified to date, the “B&N Credit Facility”). The B&N Credit Facility provided for up to $1,000,000 in 
aggregate  commitments  under  a  five-year  asset-backed  revolving  credit  facility  expiring  on April 29,  2016. The  B&N  Credit 
Facility  was  secured  by  eligible  inventory  and  accounts  receivable  with  the  ability  to  include  eligible  real  estate  and  related 
assets. We were a borrower and co-guarantor of all amounts owing under the B&N Credit Facility. All outstanding debt under the 
B&N Credit Facility was recorded on Barnes & Noble, Inc.'s balance sheet as of August 1, 2015.

On August 3, 2015, we and certain of our subsidiaries, from time to time party thereto, entered into a credit agreement (the 
“Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders, 
from time to time party thereto, under which the lenders committed to provide us with a five-year asset-backed revolving credit 
facility in an aggregate committed principal amount of $400,000 (the “BNED Credit Facility”). Proceeds from the BNED Credit 
Facility will be used for general corporate purposes, including seasonal working capital needs. Bank of America Merrill Lynch, 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. are the joint lead arrangers for the 
BNED Credit Facility.

We and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Loan Parties”) will be permitted to borrow under the BNED Credit Facility. 
The BNED Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the inventory, accounts receivable and related assets of the borrowers 
under the BNED Credit Facility, but excluding the equity interests in us and our subsidiaries, intellectual property, equipment and 
certain other property. We have the option to request an increase in commitments under the BNED Credit Facility of up to $100,000, 
subject to certain restrictions.

As of April 30, 2016, we had no outstanding borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility. During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 
2016, we borrowed and repaid $60,600 under the BNED Credit Facility. As of April 30, 2016, we have issued $3,567 in letters of 
credit under the facility.

We incurred debt issuance costs totaling $3,251 related to the BNED Credit Facility. As permitted under ASU No. 2015-15, 
the debt issuance costs have been deferred and are presented as an asset which is subsequently amortized ratably over the term of 
the credit agreement.

Interest under the BNED Credit Facility accrues, at our election, at a LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus, in each case, an 
applicable interest rate margin, which is determined by reference to the level of excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility. 
Loans will initially bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum, in the case of LIBOR borrowings, or at the alternate base rate 
plus 1.000% per annum, in the alternative, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum 
and LIBOR plus 1.750% per annum (or between the alternate base rate plus 1.000% per annum and the alternate base rate plus 
0.750% per annum), based upon the excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility at such time.

The Credit Agreement contains customary negative covenants, which limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create 
liens, make investments, make restricted payments or specified payments and merge or acquire assets, among other things. In 
addition,  if  excess  availability  under  the  BNED  Credit  Facility  were  to  fall  below  certain  specified  levels,  certain  additional 
covenants (including fixed charge coverage ratio requirements) would be triggered, and the lenders would have the right to assume 
dominion and control over the Loan Parties’ cash.

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, material breaches of representations 
and warranties, covenant defaults, default on other material indebtedness, customary ERISA events of default, bankruptcy and 
insolvency, material judgments, invalidity of liens on collateral, change of control or cessation of business. The Credit Agreement 
also  contains  customary  affirmative  covenants  and  representations  and  warranties. We  are  in  compliance  with  all  covenants, 
representations and warranties under the Credit Agreement as of April 30, 2016.

We believe that our future cash from operations, access to borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility and short-term vendor 
financing will provide adequate resources to fund our operating and financing needs for the foreseeable future. Our access to, and 
the availability of, financing in the future will be impacted by many factors, including our credit rating, the liquidity of the overall 
capital markets and the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that we will have access to capital markets on 
acceptable terms.

62

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 9. Supplementary Information

Impairment Loss (non-cash) and Restructuring Costs

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $11,987 related to all of the capitalized content costs for the Yuzu® eTextbook platform ($8,987) based 
on the probability of recoverability of the capitalized content costs, and recorded a non-recurring other than temporary loss related 
to an investment held at cost ($3,000), whose fair value has been reduced to $0 based on the financial projections of the investment.

Additionally, we announced a reduction in staff and closure of the facilities in Mountain View, California, and Redmond, 
Washington that support the Yuzu® eTextbook platform. We recorded restructuring costs of $8,830 in fiscal 2016 comprised of 
$3,216 in employee related costs (including severance and retention), facility exit costs of $5,046 and $568 related to specific 
contracts. We expect the restructuring to be completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

Intangible Assets

Amortizable intangible assets as of April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015 are as follows:

Amortizable intangible assets
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortizable intangible assets
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Remaining
Life
10 - 18
10
1 - 9

Remaining
Life
19
2 - 10

As of April 30, 2016

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

255,050
10,600
1,605
267,255

$

$

(67,151) $
(177)
(264)
(67,592) $

Gross
Carrying
Amount

As of May 2, 2015

Accumulated
Amortization

255,000
305
255,305

$

$

(56,950) $
(165)
(57,115) $

$

$

$

$

All amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over their useful life on a straight-line basis.

Aggregate Amortization Expense:
For the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
For the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
For the 53 weeks ended May 3, 2014. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Estimated Amortization Expense: (Fiscal Year)
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
After 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Total

187,899
10,423
1,341
199,663

Total

198,050
140
198,190

10,477
10,252
10,294

11,585
11,542
11,534
11,506
11,468
142,028

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Goodwill

The following table details the changes in carrying value of goodwill (in millions):

Balance at May 3, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill related to acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at May 2, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill related to acquisitions, including foreign currency translation (see Note 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

274,070
—
274,070
6,841
280,911

As of April 30, 2016, goodwill of approximately $6,575 was deductible for federal income tax purposes.

Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist primarily of tax liabilities related to the long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO 
reserve and deferred management service agreement costs related to college and university contracts. We provide for minimum 
contract expense over the contract terms on a straight-line basis. The excess of such minimum contract expense over actual contract 
payments (net of school allowances) is reflected in other long-term liabilities and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance 
sheets. 

We had the following long-term liabilities at April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015:

April 30,
2016

May 2,
2015

Tax liabilities and reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Deferred contract obligations (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total other long-term liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

69,345

$

4,164

1,871

75,380

$

63,673

4,082

1,733

69,488

(a)   Contract  obligations  primarily  consist  of  the  payments  we  make  to  the  colleges  and  universities  to  operate  their  official 

bookstores (management service agreement costs), including rent expense.

As a result of an immaterial balance sheet error correction, during the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we increased other long-
term liabilities and decreased Parent company investment by $63,459 for the period ended as of May 2, 2015. This correction 
related to the long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO reserve which was previously deemed contributed to Parent company 
capital as an intercompany liability, along with other income tax liabilities associated with our operations. The liability should not 
have been deemed contributed as the long-term obligation to the tax authority is required to stay with Barnes & Noble Education, 
Inc. as that entity would be legally obligated to pay that amount if required. Management believes it is remote that the long-term 
tax payable associated with the LIFO reserve will be payable or will result in a cash tax payment in the foreseeable future, assuming 
that LIFO will continue to be an acceptable inventory method for tax purposes. Management has assessed both quantitative and 
qualitative factors discussed in ASC No. 250, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections and Staff Accounting Bulletin 1.M, 
Materiality (SAB Topic 1.M) to determine that this misstatement qualifies as an immaterial balance sheet error correction. We 
concluded that this balance sheet misstatement is not material to an investor as it did not affect pre-tax income, net income, earnings 
per share or amounts reported in the statement of cash flows for any prior period financial statements.

Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions

Our History with Barnes & Noble, Inc.

On  September 30,  2009, Barnes & Noble acquired Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC from Leonard and Louise 
Riggio. From that date until October 4, 2012, Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC was wholly owned by Barnes & Noble 
Booksellers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Barnes & Noble. We were initially incorporated under the name NOOK Media 
Inc. in July 2012 to hold Barnes & Noble’s college and digital businesses. On October 4, 2012, Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) 
acquired a 17.6% non-controlling preferred membership interest in our subsidiary NOOK Media LLC (“NOOK Media”), and 
through us, Barnes & Noble maintained an 82.4% controlling interest of the college and digital businesses.

On January 22, 2013, Pearson Education, Inc. (“Pearson”) acquired a 5% non-controlling preferred membership interest in 
NOOK Media, received warrants to purchase an additional preferred membership interest in NOOK Media and entered into a 
commercial agreement with NOOK Media relating to the college business.  See Note 4. Acquisitions and Strategic Agreements.
64

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

On  December 4,  2014,  we  re-acquired  Microsoft’s  interest  in  NOOK  Media  in  exchange  for  cash  and  common  stock  of 
Barnes & Noble. On December 22, 2014, we also re-acquired Pearson’s interest in NOOK Media and related warrants previously 
issued to Pearson in exchange for cash and common stock of Barnes & Noble. As a result of these transactions, Barnes & Noble 
owned 100% of our Company prior to the Spin-Off. See Note 4. Acquisitions and Strategic Agreements.

In February 2015, we changed our name from NOOK Media Inc. to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and NOOK Media’s 
name to B&N Education, LLC.  On February 26, 2015, Barnes & Noble announced plans to Spin-Off its 100% equity interest in 
our Company. 

On May 1, 2015, we distributed to Barnes & Noble all of the membership interests in NOOK Digital LLC (formerly known 
as barnesandnoble.com llc), which owns the NOOK digital business and which will continue to be owned by Barnes & Noble. At 
such time, we ceased to own any interest in the NOOK digital business. These consolidated financial statements retroactively 
reflect the reorganization of NOOK Media Inc. as described above.

On June 5, 2015, Barnes & Noble entered into conversion agreements with certain beneficial owners of the Series J Preferred 
Stock, pursuant to which such beneficial owners agreed to convert an aggregate of 103,995 shares of Series J Preferred Stock into 
6,117,342 shares of Barnes & Noble common stock (the “Voluntary Conversion”). The Voluntary Conversion took place on July 9, 
2015, at which time the 103,995 shares of Series Preferred Stock subject to the Voluntary Conversion were retired by Barnes & 
Noble.

On July 10, 2015, Barnes & Noble gave notice of its exercise of the right to force the conversion of all 100,005 remaining 
outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock into approximately 6.0 million shares of Barnes & Noble common stock (the “Forced 
Conversion”). The Forced Conversion occurred on July 24, 2015, at which time such remaining 100,005 shares of Series J Preferred 
Stock subject to the Forced Conversion were retired.

At the time of the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, Barnes & Noble distributed all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of 
the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a pro rata basis (the “Distribution”). Following 
the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble does not own any equity interest in us. On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation from 
Barnes & Noble, at which time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded company. 

Allocation of General Corporate Expenses from Barnes & Noble (Prior to Spin-Off)

The results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 (periods presented prior to the 
Spin-Off collectively referred to as the "stand-alone periods") reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on 
a stand-alone basis since we were still part of Barnes & Noble, Inc. 

Our consolidated financial statements were derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of 
Barnes & Noble.  Our consolidated financial statements include certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at the 
Barnes & Noble corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to us.

All intercompany transactions between us and Barnes & Noble have been included in our consolidated financial statements 
and are considered to be effectively settled for cash in our consolidated financial statements at the time the Spin-Off became 
effective. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions was reflected in our consolidated statements of 
cash flow as a financing activity and in our consolidated balance sheets as “Parent company investment.”

The consolidated financial statements for the stand-alone periods include an allocation for certain corporate and shared service 
functions historically provided by Barnes & Noble, including, but not limited to, executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, 
legal, human resources, procurement, information technology and other shared services. These expenses have been allocated to 
us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro rata basis of consolidated sales, headcount, 
tangible assets or other measures considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services.  
Following the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, we began to perform these functions using our own resources or contracted services, 
certain of which may be provided by Barnes & Noble during a transitional period pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement. 

Direct Costs Incurred Related to On-going Agreements with Barnes & Noble (Subsequent to the Spin-Off)

The Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. occurred on August 2, 2015 and therefore, the results of operations are presented 
on a consolidated basis for the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. second, third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, period after 
the Spin-Off) which includes direct costs incurred with Barnes & Noble under various agreements.

65

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

In  connection  with  the  separation  from  Barnes &  Noble,  we  entered  into  a  Separation  and  Distribution Agreement  with 
Barnes &  Noble  on  July 14,  2015  and  several  other  ancillary  agreements  on August 2,  2015.  These  agreements  govern  the 
relationship between the parties after the separation and allocate between the parties various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations 
following the separation, including inventory purchases, employee benefits, intellectual property, information technology, insurance 
and tax-related assets and liabilities. The agreements also describe Barnes & Noble’s future commitments to provide us with certain 
transition services following the Spin-Off. These agreements include the following:

•  a Separation and Distribution Agreement that set forth Barnes & Noble’s and our agreements regarding the principal actions 
that both parties took in connection with the Spin-Off and aspects of our relationship following the Spin-Off. The term of 
the agreement is perpetual after the Distribution date;

•  a Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which Barnes & Noble agreed to provide us with specified services for a limited 
time  to  help  ensure  an  orderly  transition  following  the  Distribution.  The  Transition  Services Agreement  specifies  the 
calculation of our costs for these services. The agreement will expire and services under it will cease no later than two years 
following the Distribution date or sooner in the event we no longer require such services;

•  a Tax Matters Agreement governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Barnes & Noble and us after the 
Spin-Off with respect to all tax matters (including tax liabilities, tax attributes, tax returns and tax contests). The agreement 
will expire after two years following the Distribution date;

•  an Employee Matters Agreement with Barnes & Noble addressing employment, compensation and benefits matters including 
the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities arising out of employee compensation and benefits programs in which 
our employees participated prior to the Spin-Off. The agreement will expire and services under it will cease when we no 
longer require such services; and

•  a Trademark  License Agreement  pursuant  to  which  Barnes &  Noble  grants  us  an  exclusive  license  in  certain  licensed 
trademarks  and  a  non-exclusive  license  in  other  licensed  trademarks. The  term  of  the  agreement  is  perpetual  after  the 
Distribution date.

A description of the material terms and conditions of these agreements can be found in the Prospectus dated July 15, 2015 
and filed with the SEC on that date. The descriptions of the Transition Services Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, Employee 
Matters Agreement and Trademark License Agreement are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the Transition 
Services Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement and Trademark License Agreement, which are attached 
as Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4, respectively, to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2015 and filed with the 
SEC on August 3, 2015. The description of the Separation and Distribution Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to 
the full text of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 2.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q dated August 1, 2015 and filed with the SEC on September 10, 2015.

Summary of Transactions with Barnes & Noble 

During the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. second, third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, periods presented after the 
Spin-Off), we were billed $22,673 for purchases of inventory and direct costs incurred under the agreements discussed above 
which are included as cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. 

During the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 (periods presented prior to the Spin-Off), we were 
allocated $13,321, $43,523, and $56,481, respectively, of general corporate expenses incurred by Barnes & Noble and purchases 
of inventory which are included as cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of 
operations. For information related to allocated stock-based compensation expense, see Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation.

As of April 30, 2016, amounts due to Barnes & Noble, Inc. for book purchases and direct costs incurred under the agreements 

discussed above was $5,246 and is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.  

All intercompany transactions between us and Barnes & Noble have been included in our consolidated financial statements 
and are considered to be effectively settled for cash in our consolidated financial statements at the time the Spin-Off is recorded. 
The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flow 
as a financing activity and in the consolidated balance sheets as “Parent company investment.” As of May 2, 2015, amounts due 
from Barnes & Noble, Inc. related to intercompany loans, net of corporate allocations, income taxes, and purchases of inventory 
was $38,241 and is included in Parent Company Investment in the consolidated balance sheets. 

66

 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

MBS Textbook Exchange, Inc.

We have a long-term supply agreement (“Supply Agreement”) with MBS Textbook Exchange, Inc. (“MBS”), which is majority 
owned by Leonard Riggio, who is a principal owner holding substantial shares of our common stock, and other members of the 
Riggio family. MBS is a new and used textbook wholesaler, which also sells textbooks online and provides bookstore systems and 
distant learning distribution services. Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, which terminates by its terms in 2019, subject to automatic 
renewals thereafter if a party does not object 180 days prior to each annual renewal date, and subject to availability and competitive 
terms and conditions, we will continue to purchase new and used printed textbooks for a given academic term from MBS prior to 
buying them from other suppliers, other than in connection with student buy-back programs. Total purchases from MBS were 
$57,981, $54,353, and $70,127 for Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. Additionally, the Supply Agreement 
provides that we may sell to MBS certain textbooks that we cannot return to suppliers or use in our stores. MBS pays us commissions 
based on the volume of these textbooks sold to MBS each year and with respect to the textbook requirements of certain distance 
learning programs that MBS fulfills on our behalf. MBS paid us $5,009, $5,512, and $7,097 related to these commissions in Fiscal 
2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. In addition, the Supply Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our 
ability to become a used textbook wholesaler and that place certain limitations on MBS’s business activities. We also entered into 
an agreement with MBS in Fiscal 2011 pursuant to which MBS purchases books from us, which have no resale value for a flat 
rate per box. Total sales to MBS under this program were $574, $419, and $602 for Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, 
respectively. Total outstanding amounts payable to MBS for all arrangements net of any amounts due were $21,543 and $26,354
for Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2015, respectively.

Note 12. Employees’ Defined Contribution Plan

Prior to the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, Barnes & Noble, Inc. sponsored the defined contribution plan (the “Savings Plan”) 
for the benefit of substantially all of our employees.  Total contributions charged to employee benefit expenses for the Savings 
Plan prior to the Spin-Off were based on amounts allocated to us on the basis of direct usage. See Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. 
Transactions.

Subsequent to the Spin-Off, we established a 401(k) plan and Barnes & Noble, Inc. transferred to it the 401(k) plan assets 
relating to the account balances of our employees. Additionally, we are responsible for employer contributions to the Savings Plan 
and fund the contributions directly.  

Total contributions charged to employee benefit expenses for the Savings Plan were $4,375, $3,907, and $3,475 during Fiscal 

2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively.

Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation

Barnes & Noble’s Equity Plans Prior to Spin-Off

Prior to the Spin-Off, certain of our employees were eligible to participate in Barnes & Noble, Inc. equity plans pursuant to 
which they were granted awards of Barnes & Noble, Inc. common stock. Under these equity plans, our employees were granted 
restricted stock units, restricted stock and stock options. 

Barnes & Noble, Inc. recognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, for only those shares expected 
to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Barnes & Noble, Inc. estimated the forfeiture rates 
based on its historical experience. The fair market value of restricted stock was determined based on the closing price of Barnes & 
Noble, Inc.’s common stock on the grant date.  Barnes & Noble, Inc. used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value Barnes & 
Noble, Inc.’s stock options for each stock option award. 

The equity-based payments recorded by us prior to the Spin-Off included the expense associated with our employees.

Current Equity Plans

During the second quarter of Fiscal 2016, post Spin-Off, we reserved 2,409,345 shares of our Common Stock for future grants 
in accordance with the Barnes & Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Incentive Plan").  Types of equity awards 
that can be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan include options, restricted stock ("RS"), restricted stock units ("RSU") and 
performance awards. We have not granted options under the Equity Incentive Plan. 

A restricted stock award is an award of common stock that is subject to certain restrictions during a specified period. Restricted 
stock awards are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The grantee cannot 
transfer the shares before the restricted shares vest. Shares of unvested restricted stock have the same voting rights as common 

67

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

stock, are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon and are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. 
Restricted stock awards vest over a period of one year. 

A restricted stock unit is a grant valued in terms of our common stock, but no stock is issued at the time of grant. Each restricted 
stock unit may be redeemed for one share of our common stock once vested. Restricted stock units are generally subject to forfeiture 
if  employment  terminates  prior  to  the  release  of  the  restrictions. The  grantee  cannot  transfer  the  units  except  in  very  limited 
circumstances and with the consent of the compensation committee. Shares of unvested restricted stock units have no voting rights 
but are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon. Restricted stock units vest over a period of three years. 

Currently,  outstanding  awards  are  not  based  on  performance  and  are  based  solely  on  continued  service.  We  recognize 
compensation expense for awards ratably over the requisite service period of the award. We recognize compensation expense 
based on the number of awards expected to vest using an estimated average forfeiture rate. We calculate the fair value of stock-
based awards based on the closing price on the date the award was granted. 

Stock-Based Compensation Activity

Since the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, we have granted the following awards:

•  Barnes & Noble RSU awards held by our employees (or transferred employees) were converted to 877,426 shares of our 
RSUs with substantially the same vesting schedule as the forfeited awards. Compensation expense for these awards will 
continue to be recognized ratably over the remaining term of the unvested awards of approximately two years;

•  27,272 BNED RS awards were granted to former Barnes & Noble BOD members involved in the Spin-Off transaction. 

The awards vested during the 13 weeks ended October 31, 2015;

•  804,126 BNED RSU awards were granted to employees in accordance with Equity Incentive Plan;

•  46,080 BNED RS awards were granted to the current BOD members for annual director compensation with a one year 

vesting period in accordance with Equity Incentive Plan.

The following table presents a summary of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units activity related to our current 

Equity Incentive Plan:

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted Stock Units

Weighted Average

Balance, August 2, 2015. . . . .
Granted (a) . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, April 30, 2016 . . . . .

Number of Shares
—
73,352
(27,272)
—
46,080

Grant Date Fair Value Number of Shares
—
1,681,552
(431,106)
(8,979)
1,241,467

—
13.08
13.19
—
13.02

$
$
$
$
$

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value

$
$
$
$
$

—

10.12
7.29
9.92
11.10

(a) Restricted Stock Units include the 877,426 converted RSU shares discussed above.

Total fair value of shares of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units that vested since the inception of Equity Incentive 

Plan was $360 and $3,143, respectively. 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

We recognized stock-based compensation expense for equity-based awards in selling and administrative expenses as follows:

Restricted Stock Expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Restricted Stock Units Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock Option Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

840

$

306

$

5,710
120

3,757
678

Stock-Based Compensation Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

6,670

$

4,741

$

—

1,943
430

2,373

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

68

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

In the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 (periods presented prior to the Spin-Off), Barnes & Noble 
allocated stock compensation expense to us, which includes stock compensation expense related to our employees, as well as an 
allocation from Barnes & Noble for our pro-rated share of corporate employees. 

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards as of April 30, 2016 was $10,795 and is expected to be 

recognized over a weighted-average period of 2 years.

Note 14. Income Taxes  

Our operating results have been included in the consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax returns of Barnes & Noble for 
all periods ending on or before the consummation of the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015. Amounts presented in these consolidated 
financial statements related to income taxes have been determined on a separate tax return basis as it relates to those periods. 
Amounts presented in these consolidated financial statements related to income taxes for periods ending after the consummation 
of the Spin-Off are presented on a consolidated basis as we became a separate consolidated entity

For Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, we had no material revenue or expense in jurisdictions outside the United States.

Income tax provisions (benefits) for Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 are as follows:

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

Current:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total deferred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

13,019
1,783
14,802

(9,922)
(2,213)
(12,135)
2,667

$

$

22,061
3,489
25,550

(10,247)
(1,085)
(11,332)
14,218

$

$

27,574
5,222
32,796

(8,493)
(1,469)
(9,962)
22,834

Reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory income tax rate is as follows:

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

Federal statutory income tax rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permanent book / tax differences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effective income tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.0%
(15.2)
50.6
31.1
(4.6)
96.9%

35.0%
4.7
—
—
2.9
42.6%

35.0%
4.3
—
—
0.1
39.4%

One percentage point on our effective tax rate is approximately $28. State income taxes benefited from certain state and local 
income tax credits as well as a change in applicable income tax rates and apportionment factors. The valuation allowance relates 
to deferred tax assets associated with certain restructuring charges.  The permanent book / tax differences are principally comprised 
of non-deductible compensation and meals and entertainment costs.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 to provide guidance that changes the accounting for certain aspects of 
share-based payments to employees. The guidance requires, among other things, the recognition of the income tax effects of awards 
in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, thus eliminating additional paid-in capital pools. We are required to 
adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, but have early adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 
as permitted. Prior to Fiscal Year 2016, we had no windfall benefits. There was no material impact upon adoption of this guidance 
since the recognition of income tax effects of awards was not materially different than amounts that had previously been recorded 
in our financial statements.

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes are recorded based on differences between 

the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carryforwards. 

69

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

The significant components of our deferred taxes consisted of the following:

Deferred tax assets:

$

Estimated accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lease transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liabilities:

Intangible asset amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross deferred tax liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

As of

April 30, 2016

May 2, 2015

$

13,859
12,926
1,648
1,050
2,138
6,802
112
3,477
1,499
43,511
(1,394)
42,117

(71,982)
—
(71,982)
(29,865) $

13,241
12,941
1,351
921
1,580
4,075
—
—
840
34,949
—
34,949

(76,682)
—
(76,682)
(41,733)

As of April 30, 2016, we had $21 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Balance at April 27, 2013. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Additions for tax positions of the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at May 3, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Additions for tax positions of the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at May 2, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Additions for tax positions of the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 30, 2016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

96
84
—
—
—
180
35
—
—
—
215
21
—
—
(215)
21

We do not believe that it is reasonably possible that these unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next twelve months.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of April 30, 2016
and May 2, 2015, we had accrued $137 and $1, respectively, for net interest and penalties. The change in the amount accrued for 
net interest and penalties includes $136 in additions for net interest and penalties recognized in income tax expense in our Fiscal 
2016 consolidated statement of operations.

In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considered whether it is more likely than not that some 
or all of the deferred tax assets would be realized. In evaluating the Company’s ability to utilize its deferred tax assets, it considered 
70

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining future taxable income on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. The 
Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $1,394 and $0 at April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015, respectively. The $1,394 increase 
in the valuation allowance during Fiscal 2016 is due principally to costs incurred in connection with restructuring during Fiscal 
2016 that are not more likely than not to be deductible for tax purposes.

At April 30, 2016, and based on its tax year ended January 2016, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards 
(NOLs) of approximately $17,467 that are available to offset taxable income in its respective taxing jurisdiction beginning in the 
current period and that expire beginning in 2030. The Company had net state tax credit carryforwards totaling $172, which expire 
beginning in 2021.

As of May 2, 2015, the Company has not provided for deferred taxes on the excess of financial reporting over the tax basis 
of investments in certain foreign subsidiaries because, as of Fiscal 2016, any such amounts are immaterial. If these earnings were 
repatriated in the future, additional income and withholding tax expense would be incurred. 

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in jurisdictions of each state having an income tax. The tax 
years that remain subject to examination are primarily from Fiscal 2013 and forward. Some earlier years remain open for a small 
minority of states. Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreements referenced in Note 10. Income Taxes, we retain income tax liability for 
periods prior to the Spin-Off only for returns filed on a stand-alone basis.

Note 15. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course 
of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, benefits, personal injuries 
and other matters. The results of these proceedings in the ordinary course of business are not expected to have a material adverse 
effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies

We generally operate our stores pursuant to multi-year school management contracts under which a school designates us to 
operate the official school bookstore on campus and we provide the school with regular payments that represent a percentage of 
store sales and, in some cases, include a minimum fixed guaranteed payment. We account for these service agreements under lease 
accounting. We provide for minimum contract expense over the contract terms on a straight-line basis. The excess of such minimum 
contract expense over actual contract payments (net of school allowances) is reflected in other long-term liabilities and accrued 
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The expense related to our college and university contracts, including rent expense, 
and other facility costs in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows: 

Minimum contract expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percentage contract expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2016

Fiscal 2015

Fiscal 2014

$

$

140,743
101,552
242,295

$

$

125,388
106,011
231,399

$

$

118,873
99,025
217,898

Our contracts with colleges and universities are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, 
and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 to120 days' notice. Annual projections below are based on 
current minimum guarantee amounts. In 60% of our contracts with colleges and universities, the minimum guaranteed amounts 
adjust annually to equal less than the prior year's commission earned. 

As of April 30, 2016, future minimum annual obligations required under our contracts with colleges and universities and other 

facility costs are as follows:

Fiscal Year
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
After 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

130,927
120,071
112,547
102,325
94,006
188,989
748,865

71

 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Purchase obligations, which includes information technology contracts and inventory purchase commitments, as of April 30, 

2016 are as follows: 

Less Than 1 Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
1-3 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2,867
4,800
7,667

Note 17. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

A summary of quarterly financial information for Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2015 is as follows:

Fiscal 2016 Quarterly Period Ended
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross profit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic (loss) earnings per common share:

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share:

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2015 Quarterly Period Ended
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic (loss) earnings per common share:

Net (loss) income (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share:
Net (loss) income (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

August 1,
2015 (a)(b)

October 31,
2015

January 30,
2016

April 30,
2016

$

$

$

$

$

$
$
$

$

$

238,983

51,544

$

$

(26,918) $

755,864

175,121

33,401

(0.65) $

0.69

(0.65) $

0.69

August 2,
2014

November 1,
2014

225,741
$
47,310
$
(26,213) $

751,702
173,511
36,951

(0.71) $

0.95

(0.71) $

0.95

$

$

$

$

$

$
$
$

$

$

518,423

$

294,759

$

120,640

$
(3,603) $

106,044

$
(2,796) $

(0.07) $

(0.06) $

(0.07) $

(0.06) $

January 31,
2015

May 2,
2015

274,001
101,130

$
$
(256) $

521,554
121,622
8,650

0.09

0.09

$
$
$

$

$

Fiscal Year
 2016
1,808,029

453,349

84

—

—

Fiscal Year
 2015
1,772,998
443,573
19,132

(0.01) $

0.33

(0.01) $

0.33

(a)  Basic earnings per share and weighted-average basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble, 
Inc. common stock outstanding on May 2, 2015, adjusted for an assumed distribution ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common 
Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble, Inc. common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off.

(b)  Diluted earnings per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential common shares from Barnes & 
Noble, Inc. equity plans in which our employees participate based on the distribution ratio. While the actual future impact 
will depend on various factors, including employees who may change employment from one company to another, we believe 
the estimate yields a reasonable approximation of the future dilutive impact of our equity plans.

72

 
 
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
Receivables Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(In thousands)

For the 52 week period ended April 30, 2016, 52 week period ended May 2, 2015, and the 53 week period ended May 3, 2014:

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
April 30, 2016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 2, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 3, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sales Returns Reserves
April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 2, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 3, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at
beginning
of period

Charge
(recovery) to
costs and
expenses

Write-offs

Balance at
end
of period

2,313
2,233
2,425

$
$
$

4,000
3,544
2,666

$
$
$

(3,993) $
(3,464) $
(2,858) $

2,320
2,313
2,233

Balance at
beginning
of period

Addition
Charged to
Costs

Deductions

Balance at
end
of period

162
153
123

$
$
$

47
9
30

$
$
$

— $
— $
— $

209
162
153

$
$
$

$
$
$

All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information 

is provided in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

73

 
Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE

 There were no disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The management of the Company established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure 
that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries required to be disclosed in the reports that are filed or 
submitted under the Exchange Act are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the 
SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As 
of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s management conducted an evaluation (as required under Rules 
13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) under the Exchange Act), under the supervision and with the participation of the principal executive 
officer and principal financial officer, of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material information 
otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. Based on management’s evaluation, the principal executive 
officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure 
controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As defined in 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the 
principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel, to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are 
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO 2013 framework). Based upon the Company’s evaluation under this framework, management 
concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2016. 

The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered 

public accounting firm, as stated in their report included on page 76. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter ended 
April 30, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting. 

74

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The management of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. is responsible for the contents of the Consolidated Financial Statements, 
which are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  necessarily  include  amounts  based  on  judgments  and  estimates.  Financial  information  elsewhere  in  the 
Annual Report is consistent with that in the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The Company maintains a comprehensive accounting system, which includes controls designed to provide reasonable assurance 
as to the integrity and reliability of the financial records and the protection of assets. An internal audit staff is employed to regularly 
test and evaluate both internal accounting controls and operating procedures, including compliance with the Company’s Code of 
Business Conduct and Ethics. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors composed of directors who are not members of 
management, meets regularly with management, the independent registered public accountants and the internal auditors to ensure 
that their respective responsibilities are properly discharged. Ernst & Young LLP and the internal auditors have full and free 
independent access to the Audit Committee. The role of Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, 
is to provide an objective examination of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the underlying transactions in accordance 
with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The report of Ernst & Young LLP appears on page 76 of 
this report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2016. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

The Company has included the Section 302 certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the 
Company as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2016 filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, and the Company will submit to the New York Stock Exchange a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company certifying that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of New York Stock Exchange corporate governance 
listing standards. 

75

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. 

We have audited Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 
2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries' management 
is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control 
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 

over financial reporting as of April 30, 2016, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the consolidated balance sheets of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015, and 
the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in 
the period ended April 30, 2016 and our report dated June 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
MetroPark, NJ
June 29, 2016 

76

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III 

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information regarding our executive officers is incorporated by reference herein from the discussion under Item 1. Business — 
Executive Officers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The remaining information with respect to directors, executive officers, 
the code of ethics and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy 
Statement relating  to the Company’s 2016 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  to be filed with the SEC within 120  days of the 
Company’s fiscal year ended April 30, 2016 (the "Proxy Statement"). 

The information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated herein by reference to the 

Proxy Statement. 

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

The information with respect to compensation of directors is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table sets forth equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2016: 

Number of
securities to be
issued upon 
exercise
of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding 
options,
warrants and 
rights

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
in column (a))

(a)

(b)

(c)

1,287,547

$

N/A
1,287,547

$

11.17

N/A
11.17

1,287,547

N/A
1,287,547

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans

approved by security holders. . . .

Equity compensation plans not

approved by security holders. . . .
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

The information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by 

reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is incorporated herein 

by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  with  respect  to  principal  accountant  fees  and  services  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  Proxy 

Statement. 

77

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.:

Included in Part II of this Report:

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended April 30, 2016, May 2, 2015, 

and May 3, 2014 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2016, May 2, 2015, and May 3, 2014 
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended April 30, 2016 and May 2, 2015 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for the years ended April 30, 2016, May 2, 2015, and May 3, 2014 
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on the consolidated financial statements 

of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the years ended April 30, 2016, May 2, 2015, and May 3, 2014 

2.  Financial Statement Schedules of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.:

Included in Part II of this report: Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not significant or not required, or because the required 
information is included in the financial statement notes thereto.

3.  Exhibits:

Exhibit
Number

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Description

Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession.

2. 1† . . . . . .

Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2015, between Barnes & Noble, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble Education, Inc., filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on September 10, 
2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.

3.1†. . . . . . .

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.1 to 
the Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.2†. . . . . . .

Amended and Restated By-Laws of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Report on Form 
8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

Material contracts.

10. 1† . . . . .

10.2†. . . . . .

10.3†. . . . . .

10.4†. . . . . .

10.5†. . . . . .

Credit Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2015, by and among Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., as borrower, the 
lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto, filed 
as  Exhibit  10.4  to  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on August 3,  2015,  and  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.

Transition Services Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & 
Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Trademark License Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

10.6†. . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan

78

  
10.7†. . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement

10.8†. . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Performance-Based Stock Unit Award Agreement

10.9†. . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

10.10†. . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement

10.11†. . . . .

10.12†. . . . .

10.13†. . . . .

10.14†. . . . .

10.15†. . . . .

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education,
Inc. and Max J. Roberts filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13, 2015,
and incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education,
Inc. and Barry Brover filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13, 2015,
and incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education,
Inc. and Patrick Maloney filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13,
2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education,
Inc. and William Maloney filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13,
2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

Employment Agreement, dated June 26, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Michael P.
Huseby filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13, 2015, and
incorporated herein by reference.

10.16†. . . . .

   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement

10.17†. . . . .

Retention Bonus Agreement, dated February 7, 2014, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barry
Brover

10.18†. . . . .

Retention Bonus Agreement, dated February 7, 2014, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Patrick
Maloney

10.19†. . . . .

Retention Bonus Agreement, dated February 7, 2014, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Joel
Friedman

Other.

21.1. . . . . . .

   List of subsidiaries of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

23.1. . . . . . .

   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

31.1. . . . . . .

Certification  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2. . . . . . .

Certification  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1. . . . . . .

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2. . . . . . .

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS . . .

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH. . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL. . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF . . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB. . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE . . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

†

Previously filed.

79

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Barnes & Noble Education, 

Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.

(Registrant)

By:

Date: June 29, 2016

/s/ Max J. Roberts
Max J. Roberts
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name

Title

Date

  /s/ Michael P. Huseby
  Michael P. Huseby

  /s/ Max J. Roberts
  Max J. Roberts

  /s/ Barry Brover
  Barry Brover

  /s/ Seema C. Paul
  Seema C. Paul

  /s/ Daniel A. DeMatteo
  Daniel A. DeMatteo

  /s/ David G. Golden
  David G. Golden

  /s/ John R. Ryan
  John R. Ryan

  /s/ Jerry Sue Thornton
  Jerry Sue Thornton

  /s/ David A. Wilson
  David A. Wilson

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

June 29, 2016

Executive Chairman and Director

Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer)

 Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

80

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
CERTIFICATION BY THE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Max J. Roberts, certify that:

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 

present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

b.  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

c.  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 

during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

b.  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: June 29, 2016

By:

/s/ Max J. Roberts

  Max J. Roberts
  Chief Executive Officer
  Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

 
 
CERTIFICATION BY THE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Barry Brover, certify that:

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 

present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

b.  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

c.  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 

during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

b.  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: June 29, 2016 

By:

/s/ Barry Brover

  Barry Brover
  Chief Financial Officer
  Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AND 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the annual report of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period 

ended April 30, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Max J. 
Roberts, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that:

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company.

/s/ Max J. Roberts
Max J. Roberts

Chief Executive Officer
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

June 29, 2016

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or 
otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by 
Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AND 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the annual report of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period 

ended April 30, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Barry Brover, 
Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that:

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company.

/s/ Barry Brover
Barry Brover

Chief Financial Officer
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

June 29, 2016

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or 
otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by 
Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]